CA2504160C - Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds - Google Patents

Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CA2504160C
CA2504160C CA2504160A CA2504160A CA2504160C CA 2504160 C CA2504160 C CA 2504160C CA 2504160 A CA2504160 A CA 2504160A CA 2504160 A CA2504160 A CA 2504160A CA 2504160 C CA2504160 C CA 2504160C
Authority
CA
Canada
Prior art keywords
phenyl
alkyl
chloro
pyridin
pyrrolidin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CA2504160A
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
CA2504160A1 (en
Inventor
Stephan-Georg Muller
Dirk Stenkamp
Kirsten Arndt
Gerald Juergen Roth
Ralf Richard Hermann Lotz
Thorsten Lehmann-Lintz
Martin Lenter
Philipp Lustenberger
Klaus Rudolf
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH and Co KG
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH and Co KG
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH and Co KG filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH and Co KG
Publication of CA2504160A1 publication Critical patent/CA2504160A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CA2504160C publication Critical patent/CA2504160C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/44—Radicals substituted by doubly-bound oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atoms, or by two such atoms singly-bound to the same carbon atom
    • C07D213/46—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D213/48—Aldehydo radicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4418—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof having a carbocyclic group directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cyproheptadine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/38—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having only hydrogen or hydrocarbon radicals attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/42—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having hetero atoms attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/44—Radicals substituted by doubly-bound oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen atoms, or by two such atoms singly-bound to the same carbon atom
    • C07D213/53—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/55—Acids; Esters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/56—Amides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/57—Nitriles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/61—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65—One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/73—Unsubstituted amino or imino radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/74—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/72—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D213/75—Amino or imino radicals, acylated by carboxylic or carbonic acids, or by sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof, e.g. carbamates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/84—Nitriles
    • C07D213/85—Nitriles in position 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D215/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D241/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D241/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/16—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D453/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids
    • C07D453/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinuclidine or iso-quinuclidine ring systems, e.g. quinine alkaloids containing not further condensed quinuclidine ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/10—Spiro-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Abstract

The present invention relates to alkyne compounds of general formula I (see formula I) wherein the groups and residues A, B, W, X, Y, Z, R1 and R2 have the meanings given in claim 1. The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one alkyne according to the invention. In view of their MCH-receptor antagonistic activity the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are suitable for the treatment of metabolic disorders and/or eating disorders, particularly obesity, bulimia, anorexia, hyperphagia and diabetes.

Description

NOVEL ALKYNE COMPOUNDS HAVING AN MCH ANTAGONISTIC EFFECT
AND MEDICAMENTS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS

The present invention relates to new alkyne compounds, the physiologically acceptable salts thereof as well as their use as MCH antagonists and their use in preparing a pharmaceutical preparation which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/or diseases caused by MCH or causally connected with MCH in some other way. The invention also relates to the use of a compound according to the invention for influencing eating behaviour and for reducing body weight and/or for preventing any increase in body weight in a mammal. It further relates to compositions and medicaments containing a compound according to the invention and processes for preparing them.

Background to the Invention The intake of food and its conversion in the body is an essential part of life for all living creatures. Therefore, deviations in the intake and conversion of food generally lead to problems and also illness. The changes in the lifestyle and nutrition of humans, particularly in industrialised countries, have promoted obesity in recent decades. In affected people, obesity leads directly to restricted mobility and a reduction in the quality of life. There is the additional factor that obesity often leads to other diseases such as, for example, diabetes, dyslipidaemia, high blood pressure, arteriosclerosis and coronary heart disease. Moreover, high body weight alone puts an increased strain on the support and mobility apparatus, which can lead to chronic pain and diseases such as arthritis or osteoarthritis. Thus, obesity is a serious health problem for society.

The term obesity means an excess of adipose tissue. In this connection, obesity is fundamentally to be seen as the increased level of fatness which leads to a health risk. In the last analysis it is not precisely possible to draw a distinction between normal individuals and those suffering from obesity, but Boehringer Ingelheim 2 Case 1-1406 if the health risk accompanying obesity is presumed to rise continuously as the level of fatness increases. For simplicity's sake, in the present invention, individuals with a Body Mass Index (BMI), which is defined as the body weight measured in kilograms divided by the height (in metres) squared, above a value of 25 and more particularly above 30 are preferably regarded as suffering from obesity.

Apart from physical activity and a change in nutrition, there is currently no convincing treatment option for effectively reducing body weight. However, as obesity is a major risk factor in the development of serious and even life-threatening diseases, it is all the more important to have access to pharmaceutical active substances for the prevention and/or treatment of obesity. One approach which has been proposed very recently is the therapeutic use of MCH antagonists (cf. inter alia WO 01/21577, WO
01/82925).

Melanin-concentrating hormone (MCH) is a cyclic neuropeptide consisting of 19 amino acids. It is synthesised predominantly in the hypothalamus in mammals and from there travels to other parts of the brain by the projections of hypothalamic neurones. Its biological activity is mediated in humans through two different G-protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) from the family of rhodopsin-related GPCRs, namely the MCH receptors 1 and 2 (MCH-1 R, MCH-2R).

Investigations into the function of MCH in animal models have provided good indications for a role of the peptide in regulating the energy balance, i.e.
changing metabolic activity and food intake [1,2]. For example, after intraventricular administration of MCH in rats, food intake was increased compared with control animals. Additionally, transgenic rats which produce more MCH than control animals, when given a high-fat diet, responded by gaining significantly more weight than animals without an experimentally altered MCH level. It was also found that there is a positive correlation between phases of increased desire for food and the quantity of MCH mRNA
in the hypothalamus of rats. However, experiments with MCH knock-out mice Boehringer Ingelheim 3 Case 1-1406 ff are particularly important in showing the function of MCH. Loss of the neuropeptide results in lean animals with a reduced fat mass, which take in significantly less food than control animals.

The anorectic effects of MCH are mediated in rodents through the Gvs-coupled MCH-1 R [3-6]. Unlike primates, ferrets and dogs, no second receptor has hitherto been found in rodents. After losing the MCH-1 R, knock-out mice have a lower fat mass, an increased energy conversion and, when fed on a high fat diet, do not put on weight, compared with control animals. Another indication of the importance of the MCH-MCH-1 R system in regulating the energy balance results from experiments with a receptor antagonist (SNAP-7941) [3]. In long term trials the animals treated with the antagonist lose significant amounts of weight.

In addition to its anorectic effect, the MCH-1 R antagonist SNAP-7941 also achieves additional anxiolytic and antidepressant effects in behavioural experiments on rats [3]. Thus, there are clear indications that the MCH-MCH-1 R system is involved not only in regulating the energy balance but also in affectivity.

Literature:
1. Qu, D., et al., A role for melanin-concentrating hormone in the central regulation of feeding behaviour. Nature, 1996. 380(6571): p. 243-7.
2. Shimada, M., et al., Mice lacking melanin-concentrating hormone are hypophagic and lean. Nature, 1998. 396(6712): p. 670-4.
3. Borowsky, B., et al., Antidepressant, anxiolytic and anorectic effects of a melanin-concentrating hormone-1 receptor antagonist. Nat Med, 2002.
8(8): p. 825-30.
4. Chen, Y., et al., Targeted disruption of the melanin-concentrating hormone receptor-1 results in hyperphagia and resistance to diet-induced obesity. Endocrinology, 2002. 143(7): p. 2469-77.

Boehringer Ingelheim 4 Case 1-1406 if 5. Marsh, D.J., et al., Melanin-concentrating hormone I receptor-deficient mice are lean, hyperactive, and hyperphagic and have altered metabolism. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2002. 99(5): p. 3240-5.
6. Takekawa, S., et al., T-226296: A novel, orally active and selective melanin-concentrating hormone receptor antagonist. Eur J Pharmacol, 2002. 438(3): p. 129-35.

In the patent literature certain amine compounds are proposed as MCH
antagonists. Thus, WO 01/21577 (Takeda) describes compounds of formula R
Ar'-X-Ar-Y-N"

wherein Ar' denotes a cyclic group , X denotes a spacer, Y denotes a bond or a spacer, Ar denotes an aromatic ring which may be fused with a non-aromatic ring, R1 and R2 independently of one another denote H or a hydrocarbon group, while R1 and R2 together with the adjacent N atom may form an N-containing hetero ring and R2 with Ar may also form a spirocyclic ring, R together with the adjacent N atom and Y may form an N-containing hetero ring, as MCH antagonists for the treatment of obesity.

Moreover WO 01/82925 (Takeda) also describes compounds of formula R
Ar'-X-Ar-Y- N

wherein Ar' denotes a cyclic group , X and Y represent spacer groups, Ar denotes an optionally substituted fused polycyclic aromatic ring, R' and R2 independently of one another represent H or a hydrocarbon group, while R1 and R2 together with the adjacent N atom may form an N-containing heterocyclic ring and R2 together with the adjacent N atom and Y may form an N-containing hetero ring, as MCH antagonists for the treatment of obesity, inter alia.

Aim of the invention The aim of the present invention is to discover new alkyne compounds, particularly those which have an activity as MCH antagonists.

Boehringer Ingelheim 5 Case 1-1406 if A further aim of the invention is to provide new alkyne compounds which make it possible to influence the eating behaviour of mammals and in particular achieve a reduction in body weight and/or prevent an increase in body weight in mammals.

The present invention further sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/or diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connected to MCH. In particular, the aim of this invention is to provide pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of metabolic disorders such as obesity and/or diabetes as well as diseases and/or disorders which are associated with obesity and diabetes. Other objectives of the present invention are concerned with demonstrating advantageous uses of the compounds according to the invention. The invention also sets out to provide a process for preparing the alkyne compounds according to the invention. Other aims of the present invention will be immediately apparent to the skilled man from the foregoing remarks and those that follow.

Subject matter of the invention A first object of the present invention comprises alkyne compounds of general formula I

R' R2~N-X-Y- Z W-A-B I
wherein R1, R2 independently of one another denote H, a C1-8-alkyl or C3_7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R11, while a -CH2- group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by -0-, -S- or -NR13 -, or a phenyl or pyridinyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 Boehringer Ingelheim 6 Case 1-1406 if and/or monosubstituted by nitro, or R1 and R2 form a C2_8-alkylene bridge wherein - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -0-, -S-, -SO-, -(SO2)-, -C=N-R18-, -C=N-O-R18-, -CO-, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly connected to one another, while in the above-defined alkylene bridge one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and while the above-defined alkylene bridge may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is formed - via a single or double bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, - via two common, adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system or - via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, X denotes a single bond or a C1.6-alkylene bridge wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C=C- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -0-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two 0, S or N atoms or an 0 and an S atom are not directly connected to one another, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X forming a heterocyclic group, while the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2 , including the N-atom attached to R2 and X , forming a heterocyclic group, and Boehringer Ingelheim 7 Case 1-1406 if two C atoms or one C and one N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1.4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted with one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1_6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1.3-alkyl, C4_7-cycloalkenyl and C4_7-cycloalkenyl-C1.3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and W, z independently of one another denote a single bond or a C1_4-alkylene bridge, while in the group W and/or Z a -CH2- group not adjacent to the -C=C- group may be replaced by -0- or -NR5-, and two adjacent C atoms or one C atom and an adjacent N atom may be joined together by an additional C1_4-alkylene bridge, and in the alkylene bridge and/or in the additional alkylene bridge a C
atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1_6-alkyl groups, while two alkyl groups may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring, and Y denotes one of the meanings given for Cy, while R1 may be attached to Y including the group X and the N
atom attached to R1 and X , forming a heterocyclic group fused to Y, and/or Boehringer Ingelheim 8 Case 1-1406 if X may be attached to Y forming a carbo- or heterocyclic group fused to Y, and A denotes one of the meanings given for Cy and B denotes one of the meanings given for Cy or C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkenyl, C1-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkenyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl-Cl-3-alkynyl, wherein one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by halogen and/ or may be monosubstituted by hydroxy or cyano and/ or cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, Cy denotes a carbo- or heterocyclic group selected from one of the following meanings a saturated 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, an unsaturated 4- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, a phenyl group, a saturated 4- to 7-membered or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with an N, 0 or S atom as heteroatom, a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with two or more N atoms or with one or two N atoms and an 0 or S atom as heteroatoms, an aromatic heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered group with one or more identical or different heteroatoms selected from N, 0 and/or S, while the above-mentioned 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups may be attached via two common, adjacent C atoms fused to a phenyl or pyridine ring, and Boehringer Ingelheim 9 Case 1-1406 if in the above-mentioned 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups one or two non-adjacent -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by a -CO-, -C(=CH2)-, -(SO)- or -(SO2)- group, and the above-mentioned saturated 6- or 7-membered groups may also be present as bridged ring systems with an imino, (C1_4-alkyl)-imino, methylene, (C1-4-alkyl)-methylene or di-(C1_4-alkyl)-methylene bridge, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms with R20, in the case of a phenyl group they may also additionally be monosubstituted with nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted with R21, R4, R5 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R10 denotes hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, co-(C1.4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl, carboxy, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, amino, C1.4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino, amino-C1.3-alkyl, C1.4-alkyl-amino-C1.3-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C1_3-alkyl, cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino-C1_3-alkyl, amino-C2-3-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2_3-alkoxy, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2_3-alkoxy, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-C2_3-alkoxy, aminocarbonyl, C1.4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, R11 denotes C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R'5-CO-O, R16R17 N, R18R'9N-CO or Cy, R12 has one of the meanings given for R20, R13 has one of the meanings given for R", with the exception of carboxy, Boehringer Ingelheim 10 Case 1-1406 if R14 denotes halogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO, R15-O-C1-3-alkyl , R15-O-CO-C1.3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-NH, R15-SO2-NH, R15-O-CO-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-SO2-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-C1.3-alkyl, R15-CO-O-C1-3-alkyl, R16R17N-C1-3-alkyl, R18R19N-CO-C1-3-alkyl or Cy-C1.3-alkyl, R15 denotes H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyridinyl-C1-3-alkyl, R16 denotes H, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4_7-cycloalkenyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, w-hydroxy-C2_3-alkyl, w-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C2-3-alkyl, amino-C2_6-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-6-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-6-alkyl or cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-6-alkyl, R17 has one of the meanings given for R16 or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1_3-alkyl, pyridinyl, dioxolan-2-yl, -CHO, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, hydroxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-alkylcarbonylamino-C2-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkylcarbonyl)-N-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-C2_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkylsulphonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonylamino-C2-3-alkyl or N-(C1-4-alkylsulphonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2_3-alkyl R18, R19 independently of one another denote H or C1-6-alkyl, R20 denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl- C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R22-C1.3-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R22, R21 denotes C1-4-alkyl, w-hydroxy-C2-6-alkyl, w-C1-4-alkoxy-C2-6-alkyl, w-C1_4-alkyl-amino-C2-6-alkyl, w-di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-6-alkyl, w-cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1_4-Boehringer Ingelheim 11 Case 1-1406 if alkyl-carbonyl, C1_4-alkoxy-carbonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, phenylcarbonyl or phenyl-C1_3-alkyl-carbonyl, R22 denotes pyridinyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1_3-alkoxy, OHC, HO-N=HC, C1_4-alkoxy-N=HC, C14-alkoxy, C1_4-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphinyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonylamino, amino, C1_4-alkylamino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, C1-4-alkyl-carbonyl-amino, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, N-(C1_4-alkyl)-phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethyl-amino, hydroxy-C2_3-alkylaminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, methylenedioxy, aminocarbonylamino or alkylaminocarbonylamino, while in the above-mentioned groups and residues, particularly in A, B, W, X, Y, Z, R1 to R5 and R10 to R22, in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and/or in each case one or more phenyl rings independently of one another additionally have one, two or three substituents selected from among F, Cl, Br, I, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C1_3-alkylamino, di-(C1-3-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C1.3-alkyl, C1-3-alkylamino-Cl-3-alkyl- and di-(C1-3-alkyl)-amino-C1.3-alkyl-and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro, and the H atom of any carboxy group present or an H atom bound to an N atom may each be replaced by a group which can be cleaved in vivo, the tautomers, the diastereomers, the enantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof.

According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an alkyne compound of general formula I

wherein R1, R2 independently of one another denote H, a C1_8-alkyl or C3.7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R", while a -CH2- group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by -0-, -S- or -NR13 -, or a phenyl or pyridinyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 and/or monosubstituted by nitro, or R1 and R2 form a C2_8-alkylene bridge wherein one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -CH=N- or -CH=CH- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -0-, -S-, -SO-, -(SO2)-, -C=N-R18-, -C=N-O-R18--CO-, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly connected to one another, while in the above-defined alkylene bridge one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and while the above-defined alkylene bridge may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such 12a a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is formed - via a single or double bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, - via two common, adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system, wherein Cy, is selected from the group consisting of C4_7-cycloalkyl, phenyl and thienyl; or - via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, X denotes a single bond or a C1_6-alkylene bridge wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C=C- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -0,-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two 0, S or N atoms or an 0 and an S atom are not directly connected to one another, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X forming a heterocyclic group, while the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2, including the N-atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and two C atoms or one C and one N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1_4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted with,one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1_6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, C4_7-cycloalkenyl and C4_7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, 12b and W, z independently of one another denote a single bond or a C1_4-alkylene bridge, while in the group W and/or Z a -CH2- group not adjacent to the -C=C group may be replaced by -O or -NR5-, and two adjacent C atoms or one C atom and an adjacent N atom may be joined together by an additional C1_4-alkylene bridge, and in the alkylene bridge and/or in the additional alkylene bridge a C
atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1_6-alkyl groups, while two alkyl groups may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring, and Y is selected from the group consisting of N N
N N
N N
N-N

N

12c N-N
N N
N

N-N
N
N
O
O

12d N
P
N

N N
N O
N N and I
NZ\ / N
/
N -Q
O N

while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R21;

A is selected from the group consisting of 12e N N
N
and N N

N=N
while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro;

B denotes one of the meanings given for Cy or C1_6-alkyl, C1_6-alkenyl, C1_6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, C3_7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkenyl or C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkynyl, wherein one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by halogen and/ or may be monosubstituted by hydroxy or cyano and/ or cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, Cy denotes a carbo- or heterocyclic group selected from one of the following meanings a saturated 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, an unsaturated 4- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, a phenyl group, a saturated 4- to 7-membered or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with an N, 0 or S atom as heteroatom, a saturated or unsaturated 5- to'7-membered heterocyclic group with two or more N atoms or with one or two N atoms and an 0 or S atom as heteroatoms, 12f an aromatic heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered group with one or more identical or different heteroatoms selected from N, 0 and/or S, while the above-mentioned 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups may be attached via two common, adjacent C atoms fused to a phenyl or pyridine ring, and in the above-mentioned 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups one or two non-adjacent -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by a -CO-, -C(=CH2)-, -(SO)- or -(SO2)- group, and the above-mentioned saturated 6- or 7-membered groups may also be present as bridged ring systems with an imino, (C1-4-alkyl)-imino, methylene, (C1_4-alkyl)-methylene or di-(C1-4-alkyl)-methylene bridge, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C.atoms with R20, in the case of a phenyl group they may also additionally be monosubstituted with nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted with R21, R4, R5 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R10 denotes hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy, w-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl, carboxy, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl, amino, C14-alkyl-amino, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C1-3-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C1_3-alkyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-Cl-3-alkyl, amino-C2-3-alkoxy, C1_4-alkyl-amino-C2-3-alkoxy, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkoxy, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-C2-3-alkoxy, aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, di-(C1-4-12g alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, R" denotes C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N R18R19N-CO or Cy, R12 has one,of the meanings given for R20, R13 has one of the meanings given for R17, with the exception of carboxy, R14 denotes. halogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO, R15-O-C1-3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-C1-3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-NH, R15-SO2-NH, R15-O-CO-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-SO2-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-C1.3-alkyl, R15-CO-O-C1-3-alkyl, R16R17N-C1-3-alkyl, R18R'9N-CO-C1-3-alkyl or Cy-C1.3-alkyl, R15 denotes H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyridinyl-C1-3-alkyl, R16 denotes H, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-Cl-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, (o-hydroxy-C2-3-alkyl, 0)-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C2-3-alkyl, amino-C2-6-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-6-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-6-alkyl or cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2.6-alkyl, R17 has one of the meanings given for R16 or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1.3-alkyl, pyridinyl, dioxolan-2-yl, -CHO, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, hydroxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, C1.4-alkoxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1:4-alkylcarbonylamino-C2-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkylcarbonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonylamino-C2-3-alkyl or N-(C1_4-alkylsulphonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl 12h R18, R19 independently of one another denote H or C1-6-alkyl, R20 denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1_6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl- C1_3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, R22-C1.3-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R22, R21 denotes C1_4-alkyl, co-hydroxy-C2_6-alkyl, co-C1_4-alkoxy-C2_6-alkyl, co-C1_4-alkyl-amino-C2_6-alkyl, w-di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino-C2_6-alkyl, co-cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-C2_6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkyl-carbonyl, C1.4-alkoxy-carbonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, phenylcarbonyl or phenyl-C1_3-alkyl-carbonyl, R22 denotes pyridinyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1_3-alkoxy, OHC, HO-N=HC, C1_4-alkoxy-N=HC, C1_4-alkoxy, C1_4-alkylthio, carboxy, C1_4-alkylcarbonyl, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-C2_4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkyl-sulphonyl, C1_4-alkyl-sulphinyl, C1_4-alkyl-sulphonylamino, amino, C1_4-alkylamino, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino, C1_4-alkyl-carbonyl-amino, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C1_3-alkylamino, N-(C1_4-alkyl)-phenyl-C1_3-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino, hydroxy-C2_3-alkylaminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-l-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, methylenedioxy, aminocarbonylamino or alkylaminocarbonylamino, while in the above-mentioned groups and residues A, B, W, X, Y, Z, R1 to R5 and R10 to R22, in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono-or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and/or in each 12i case one or more phenyl rings independently of one another additionally have one, two or three substituents selected from among F, Cl, Br, I, cyano, C1_4-alkyl, C14-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C1_3-alkylamino, di-(C1_3-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C1_3-alkyl, C1_3-alkylamino-C1_3-alkyl-and di-(C1_3-alkyl)-amino-C1_3-alkyl- and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro, or a tautomer thereof, a diastereomer thereof, a enantiomer thereof, a mixture of enantiomers thereof or a salt thereof;

with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:

tert-butyl 4-(5-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethynyl}pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-carboxylate; and 1 -(m ethyl sulfonyl)-4-(5-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethynyl}pyridinyl-yl)piperazine.

12j The invention also relates to the compounds in the form of the individual optical isomers, mixtures of the individual enantiomers or racemates, in the form of the tautomers and in the form of the free bases or the corresponding acid addition salts with pharmacologically safe acids. The subject of the invention also includes the compounds according to the invention, including the salts thereof, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by deuterium.

This invention also includes the physiologically acceptable salts of the alkyne compounds according to the invention as described above and hereinafter.
This invention also relates to compositions containing at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention optionally together with one or more physiologically acceptable excipients.
Also covered by this invention are pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/ or a salt according to the invention optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.

This invention also relates to the use of at,least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for influencing the eating behaviour of a mammal. ' The invention further relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for reducing the body weight and/ or for preventing an increase in the body weight of a mammal.

The invention also relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for Boehringer Ingelheim 13 Case 1-1406 ff preparing a pharmaceutical composition with an MCH receptor-antagonistic activity, particularly with an MCH-1 receptor-antagonistic activity.

This invention also relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/or diseases which are caused by MCH or are otherwise causally connected with MCH.

A further object of this invention is the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of metabolic disorders and/or eating disorders, particularly obesity, bulimia, bulimia nervosa, cachexia, anorexia, anorexia nervosa and hyperphagia The invention also relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases and/or disorders associated with obesity, particularly diabetes, especially type II diabetes, complications of diabetes including diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance, encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular diseases, particularly arteriosclerosis and high blood pressure, arthritis and gonitis.

In addition the present invention relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fat accumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, emotional disorders, affective disorders, depression, anxiety, sleep disorders, reproductive disorders, sexual disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy, forms of dementia and hormonal disorders.

Boehringer Ingelheim 14 Case 1-1406 if The invention also relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of urinary problems, such as for example urinary incontinence, overactive bladder, urgency, nycturia and enuresis.

The invention further relates to processes for preparing for preparing a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, characterised in that at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/ or a salt according to the invention is incorporated in one or more inert carriers and/or diluents by a non-chemical method.

The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition containing a first active substance which is selected from the alkyne compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts as well as a second active substance which is selected from the group consisting of active substances for the treatment of diabetes, active substances for the treatment of diabetic complications, active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other than MCH antagonists, active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure, active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia, including arteriosclerosis, active substances for the treatment of arthritis, active substances for the treatment of anxiety states and active substances for the treatment of depression, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.

This invention further relates to a process for preparing alkyne compounds of formula A.5 R1R2N-X-Y-C=C-W-A-B (A.5) while in formulae A.1, A.2, A.3, A.4 and A.5 R1, R2, X, Y, W, A and B have one of the meanings given hereinbefore and hereinafter and Y denotes aryl or heteroaryl, Boehringer Ingelheim 15 Case 1-1406 ff wherein a halogen compound of formula A.1 HO-X-Y-Hal (A.1) wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula A.2 H-C=C-W-A-B (A.2) in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent, and the resulting compound of formula A.3 HO-X-Y-C=C-W-A-B (A.3) is reacted with methanesulphonic acid chloride (MsCI) to form the methanesulphonate derivative A.4, MsO-X-Y-C=C-W-A-B (A.4) which is further reacted with an amine of formula H-NR1R2 to obtain the end product A.5.

This invention further relates to a process for preparing alkyne compounds of formula B.5 R'R2N-X-Y-Z-C=C-A-B (B.5) while in formulae B.1, B.2, B.3, B.4 and B.5 R1, R2, X, Y, Z, A and B have one of the meanings given hereinbefore and hereinafter and A particularly denotes Boehringer Ingelheim 16 Case 1-1406 if aryl or heteroaryl , wherein a halogen compound of formula B.1 Hal-A-B (B.1) wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula B.2 HO-X-Y-Z-C=C-H (B.2) in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent, and the resulting compound of formula B.3 HO-X-Y-Z-C=C-A-B (B.3) is reacted with methanesulphonic acid chloride (MsCI) to form the methanesulphonate derivative B.4, MsO-X-Y-Z-C=C-A-B (B.4) which is further reacted with an amine of formula H-NR1R2 to obtain the end product B.5.

Moreover this invention relates to a process for preparing alkyne compounds of formula C.3 R1 R2N-X-Y-C=C-W-A-B (C.3) while in formulae C.1, C.2 and C.3 R1, R2, X, Y, W, A and B have one of the meanings given hereinbefore and hereinafter and Y denotes aryl or Boehringer Ingelheim 17 Case 1-1406 if heteroaryl, wherein a halogen compound of formula C.1 R'R2N-X-Y-Hal (C.1) wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably bromine or iodine, is further reacted with an alkyne compound of formula C.2 H-C=C-W-A-B (C.2) in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the end product C.3.

This invention further relates to a process for preparing alkyne compounds of formula D.3 R'R2N-X-Y-Z-C=C-A-B (D.3) while in formulae D.1, D.2 and D.3 R1, R2, X, Y, Z, A and B have one of the meanings given hereinbefore and hereinafter and A particularly denotes aryl or heteroaryl, wherein a halogen compound of formula D.2 Hal-A-B (D.2) wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, preferably bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula D.1 R'R2N-X-Y-Z-C-C-H (D.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 18 Case 1-1406 if in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the end product D.3.
More detailed description of the invention Unless otherwise specified the groups, residues and substituents, particularly A, B, W, X, Y, Z, R1 to R5 and R10 to R22, have the meanings given hereinbefore and hereinafter.

According to one embodiment of the invention the groups R', R2, X, W, Z, B, R10, R13, R14, R15 R1', R20, R22 have the following meanings:

R1, R2 independently of one another denote H, a C1.8-alkyl or C3_7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R11 or a phenyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 and/or monosubstituted by nitro, or R1 and R2 form a C2_8-alkylene bridge, wherein - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -CH=N- or -CH=CH- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -0-, -S-, -CO-, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly joined together, while in the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore one or more H
atoms may be replaced by R14, and the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond betwen the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is made - via a single or double bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, Boehringer Ingelheim 19 Case 1-1406 ff - via two common adjacent C- and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system or - via three or more C- and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, X denotes a single bond or a C1_6-alkylene bridge, wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C=C- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -0-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two 0, S or N atoms or an 0 and an S atom are not directly joined together, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and while two C atoms or a C and an N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1-4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1_6-alkyl groups, and W, z independently of one another denote a single bond or a C1_4-alkylene bridge, while in the group W and/or Z a -CH2- group not adjacent to the -C-C- group may be replaced by -0- or -NR5-, and two adjacent C atoms or a C atom and an adjacent N atom may be joined together by an additional C1-a-alkylene bridge, and Boehringer Ingelheim 20 Case 1-1406 if in the alkylene bridge and/or in the additional alkylene bridge a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1_6-alkyl groups, and B has one of the meanings given for Cy or denotes C1.6-alkyl, C1.6-alkenyl, C1.6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3_7-cycloalkenyl-C1.3-alkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkenyl or C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkynyl, wherein one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine and cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, R10 denotes hydroxy, (o-hydroxy-C1.3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, w-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1.3-alkyl, amino, C1.4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino, amino-C1_3-alkyl, C1.4-alkyl-amino-C1_3-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C1.3-alkyl, cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino-C1_3-alkyl, amino-C2-3-alkoxy, C1_4-alkyl-amino-C2_3-alkoxy, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-C2_3-alkoxy or cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino-C2_3-alkoxy, R13 has one of the meanings given for R17, R14 denotes halogen, C1_6-alkyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO, R'5-CO-0, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO, R15-O-C1.3-alkyl , R15-O-CO-C1.3-alkyl, R15-CO-C1_3-alkyl, R15-CO-O-C1.3-alkyl, R16R17N-C1.3-alkyl, R18R19N-CO-C1.3-alkyl or Cy-C1.3-alkyl, R15 denotes H, C1.4-alkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, phenyl or phenyl-C1_3-alkyl, R17 has one of the meanings given for R16 or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1_3-alkyl, C1"4-alkylcarbonyl, Boehringer Ingelheim 21 Case 1-1406 ff hydroxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1_4-alkylcarbonylamino-C2-3-alkyl, N-(C1.4-alkylcarbonyl)-N-(C1.4-alkyl )-amino-C2_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkylsulphonyl, C1-alkylsulphonylamino-C2_3-alkyl or N -(C 1.4-a l kyl s u l p h o n yl)-N (-C 1.4-alkyl)-amino-C2_3-alkyl R20 denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1_6-alkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl- C1_3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1.3-alkyl, R22-C1-3-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R22, R22 denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1.3-alkoxy, C1-4-alkoxy, C1_4-alkylthio, carboxy, C1.4-alkylcarbonyl, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, C1_4-alkyl-sulphonyl, C1.4-alkyl-sulphinyl, C1.4-alkyl-sulphonylamino, amino, C1.4-alkylamino, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C1_3-alkylamino, N-(C1_4-alkyl)-phenyl-CI_3-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino, hydroxy-alkylaminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)-carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, methylenedioxy, aminocarbonylamino or alkylaminocarbonylamino, while R4, R", R12, R16, R18, R19 and Cy are as hereinbefore defined.
If R1 and R2 are not joined together via an alkylene bridge, R' and R2 independently of one another preferably denote a C1_8-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R", while a -CH2- group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by -0-, -S-or -NH-, -N(C1.4-alkyl)- or -N(CO-O-C1.4-alkyl)-, or phenyl or pyridinyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 and/or monosubstituted by nitro, and one of the groups R1 and R2 may also denote H.

Boehringer Ingelheim 22 Case 1-1406 if Preferably, the groups R1, R2 independently of one another represent H, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-Cl-3-alkyl, w-hydroxy-C2_3-alkyl, w-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C2-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy-carbonyl-C1-4-alkyl, carboxyl-C1-4-alkyl, amino-C2.4-alkyl, C1_4-alkyl-amino-C2-4-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-4-alkyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-4-alkyl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, piperidinyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-piperidinyl, piperidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-piperidinyl-Cl-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridyl or pyridyl-Cl-3-alkyl, while in the above-mentioned groups and residues one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or one or two C atoms may be monosubstituted independently of one another by Cl or Br, and the phenyl or pyridyl group may be mono- or polysubstituted by the above-defined group R12 and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro. Preferred substituents of the above-mentioned phenyl or pyridyl groups are selected from among F, Cl, Br, I, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1..4-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C1-3-alkylamino, di-(C1.3-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkylamino-Cl-3-alkyl-and di-(C1_3-alkyl)-amino-Cl-3-alkyl, while a phenyl group may also be monosubstituted by nitro.

Particularly preferably, at least one of the groups R1, R2, and most particularly preferably both groups, have a meaning other than H.

If R1 and R2 form an alkylene bridge, it is preferably a C3-7-alkylene bridge, wherein - a -CH2- group not adjacent to the N atom of the R'R2N group may be replaced by -CH=N- or -CH=CH- and/or - a -CH2- group which is preferably not adjacent to the N atom of the R1 R2N
group may be replaced by -0-, -S-, -C(=N-R18)-, -C-O, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly joined together, while in the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and Boehringer Ingelheim 23 Case 1-1406 ff the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted by a carbo- or heterocyclic group Cy in such a way that the bond betwen the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is made - via a single bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, - via two common adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system or - via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system.

Also preferably, R1 and R2 form an alkylene bridge in such a way that R1R2N-denotes a group selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, azepan, 2,5 -dihydro-1 H-pyrrole, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridine, 2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1 H-azepine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H-azepine, piperazine, wherein the free imine function is substituted by R13, piperidin-4-one, piperidin-4-one-oxime, piperidin-4-one-O-C14-alkyl-oxime, morpholine and thiomorpholine, while according to the general definition of R1 and R2 one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and/ or the above-mentioned groups may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in a manner specified according to the general definition of R1 and R2. Particularly preferred groups Cy are C3.7-cycloalkyl, aza-C4_7-cycloalkyl, particularly cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino, as well as 1-C1_4-alkyl-aza-C4.7-cycloalkyl.

The C2_8-alkylene bridge formed by R1 and R2, wherein -CH2- groups may be replaced as specified, may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy, as described.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via a single bond, Cy is preferably selected from among C3_7-cycloalkyl, cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino, 1 H-imidazole, thienyl and phenyl.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via a common C
atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, Cy is preferably selected from Boehringer Ingelheim 24 Case 1-1406 if among C3-7-cycloalkyl, aza-C4-8-cycloalkyl, oxa-C4-5-cycloalkyl, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-quinazolin-4-one.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via two common adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system, Cy is preferably selected from among C4-7-cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl.

In the event that the alkylene bridge is linked to a group Cy via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, Cy preferably denotes C4-8-cycloalkyl or aza-C4-8-cycloalkyl.

X
R N
Particularly preferably, the group is defined according to one of the following partial formulae N-X- ON-X- CN-x CN-CNXH \ N-X
R13 N N-X-;
ON - X-T ON - X-;

C~-CN-X=
N N-X-;
0- \-/ I
N R'$ O, , N-X N N-X-;
0 N-X-~ N-X- N
-X-.
U

Boehringer Ingelheim 25 Case 1-1406 ff N-X-R21 NN -X- N-x R21~N

CN N-X-; CN-CN-x N
N-X- N-X-q QN' N

N Nom) \N
N-X

N

N-X-Boehringer Ingelheim 26 Case 1-1406 ff \N N N-X-:)C
R21"
N-X=

OCN -X-; R21 N N-X---7 O
N
&N>CNX' $N-XH N-X N-X
S
8N-X= IN-X-, R? N X" = R? N R? N

X" P
X' -R? N X" R 2 N P 7 X

N
Na X", N X,2'. NX
wherein one or more H atoms of the heterocycle formed by the group R1 R2N-may be replaced by R14 and the ring attached to the heterocycle formed by Boehringer Ingelheim 27 Case 1-1406 if the group R1R2N- may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C
atoms, in the case of a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro and X', X" independently of one another denote a single bond or C1.3-alkylene and in the event that the group Y is linked to Xor X" via a C atom, also denotes -C1_3-alkylene-O-, -C1_3-alkylene-NH- or -C1_3-alkylene-N(C1_3-alkyl)-, and X" additionally also denotes -O-C1_3-alkylene-, -NH-C1_3-alkylene- or -N(C1_3-alkyl)-C1_3-alkylene- and in the event that the group Y is linked to X" via a C atom, also denotes -NH-, -N(C1.3-alkyl)- or -0-, while in the meanings given for X', X" hereinbefore, in each case a C atom may be substituted by R10, preferably by a hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, w-(C1_4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl and/or C1.4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1_6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, C4_7-cycloalkenyl and C4_7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and in X', X" independently of one another in each case one or more C
atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and Boehringer Ingelheim 28 Case 1-1406 ff wherein R2, R10, R13, R14, R20, R21 and X have the meanings given above and hereinafter.

In the preferred and particularly preferred meanings of R'R2N listed above the following definitions of the substituent R14 are preferred: C1_4-alkyl, C2_4-alkenyl, C2_4-alkynyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy, (O-(C1.4-alkoxy)-C1.3-alkyl, C1_4-alkyl-carbonyl, carboxy, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxy-carbonyl-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy-carbonylamino, C1_4-alkoxy-carbonylamino-C1_3-alkyl, amino, C1_4-alkyl-amino, C3.7-cycloalkyl-amino, N-(C8_7-cycloalkyl)-N-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino, amino-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkyl-amino-C1_3-alkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl-amino-C1.3-alkyl, N-(C8_7-cycloalkyl)-N-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-C1_3-alkyl, di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-C1.3-alkyl, cyclo-C3_6-alkyleneimino-C1_3-alkyl, aminocarbonyl, C1.4-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-amino-carbonyl, N-(C8_7-cycloalkyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, pyridinyl-oxy, pyridinyl-amino, pyridinyl-C1_3-alkyl-amino.

Most particularly preferred meanings of the substituent R14 are C1.4-alkyl, hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1.3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy and w-(C1_4-alkoxy)-C1.3-alkyl.
Preferably X denotes a single bond or a C1-4-alkylene bridge, wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C-C- and/or - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -0-, -S-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two 0, S or N atoms or an 0 and an S atom are not directly joined together, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, while the bridge X may additionally also be linked to R2 including the N atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and Boehringer Ingelheim 29 Case 1-1406 if while two C atoms or a C and an N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1.4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1_6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, C4_7-cycloalkenyl and C4_7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, particularly a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl group.

If in the group X a -CH2- group of the alkylene bridge is replaced according to the invention, this -CH2- group is preferably not attached directly to a heteroatom, a double or triple bond.

Preferably the alkylene bridge X, X or X" has no or at most one imino group.
The position of the imino group within the alkylene bridge X, X or X" is preferably selected so that no aminal function is formed together with the amino group NR1R2 or another adjacent amino group or two N atoms are not adjacent to each other.

Preferably X denotes a single bond or C1_4-alkylene and in the event that the group Y is linked to X via a C atom, it also denotes -CH2-CH=CH-, -CH2-C=C-, C2_4-alkylenoxy, C2_4-alkylene-NR4, C2_4-alkylene-NR4-C2_4-alkylene-O, 1,2- or 1,3-pyrrolidinylene or 1,2-, 1,3-or 1,4-piperidinylene, while the pyrrolidinylene and piperidinylene groups are bound to Y via the imino group, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2 , including the N atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group , and Boehringer Ingelheim 30 Case 1-1406 if in X a C atom may be substituted by R10, preferably a hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, w-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl- and/or C1_4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4_7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and in the above-mentioned groups and residues one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and R1, R4 and R10 are as hereinbefore defined.

Particularly preferably X denotes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2- and in the event that the group Y is bonded to X via a C atom, it also denotes -CH2-C=C- -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-CH2-NR4- or 1,3-pyrrolidinylene, while the pyrrolidinylene group is linked to Y via the imino group, and the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2 , including the N atom attached to R2 and X , forming a heterocyclic group, and in X a C atom may be substituted by R10, preferably a hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, co-(C1_4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl and/or C1_4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and Boehringer Ingelheim 31 Case 1-1406 if in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F
and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br.

If in the group X, X or X" one or more C atoms is or are substituted by a hydroxy and/or C1_4-alkoxy group, the substituted C atom is preferably not directly adjacent to another heteroatom.

If in X, X or X" a C atom is substituted, preferred substituents are selected from among C1_4-alkyl, C2_4-alkenyl, C2_4-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1.3-alkyl, w-(C1_4-aIkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl-and C1_4-alkoxy groups. Moreover in X, Xor X" a C atom may be disubstituted and/or one or two C atoms may be mono- or disubstituted, while preferred substituents are selected from among C1.4-alkyl, C2_4-alkenyl, C24-alkynyl, C3_7-cycloalkyl and C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl, and two C1-4-alkyl and/or C2_4-alkenyl substituents may also be joined together, forming a saturated or monounsaturated carbocyclic ring.

Most particularly preferred substituents of one or two C atoms in X, X or X"
are selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, while two alkyl substituents may also be joined together at a C atom, forming a carbocyclic ring.

If X denotes an alkylene bridge , the -CH2- group adjacent to the R1R2N-group is preferably not replaced by -0-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4-.
Most particularly preferably, X denotes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2-and in the event that the group Y is attached to X via a C atom, also denotes -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-O-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-O-, -CH2-CH2-NH-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-NH- or -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)-. In the event that R1 and/or R2 have an amine function, which may also be substituted, another particularly preferred meaning of X is a single bond.

Boehringer Ingelheim 32 Case 1-1406 if According to a first preferred embodiment according to the invention Z
denotes a single bond.

In a second preferred embodiment according to the invention Z is a C1_4-alkylene bridge, which may be substituted and/ or wherein a -CH2- group may be replaced as specified.

Preferred definitions of the groups W and/or Z, particularly the group Z, are, independently of one another, a single bond or a bridge selected from among -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-, -CH2-C(CH3)2-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-, -C(CH3)2-CH2-, cyclopropylene, -CH2-CH(R10)- and -CH(R10)-CH2-. Additional particularly preferred definitions of the group W are also -CH2-O- or -CH2-NR4-. Additional particularly preferred definitions of the group Z are also -O-CH2-or -NR4-CH2-.

According to one preferred embodiment according to the invention W denotes a single bond.

Preferably W and/or Z independently of one another represent a single bond, -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, 1,1-cyclopropylene or 1,2-cyclopropylene.
W may preferably additionally also represent -CH2-O-, -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-NR4- or -CH2-CH2-NR4-.

In addition to the definitions given above Z may also preferably represent -O-CH2-, -O-CH2-CH2-, -NR4-CH2- or -NR4-CH2-CH2-.

In the above-mentioned definitions of the groups W and Z a C atom may be substituted by R10, preferably by a hydroxy, e)-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, ow-(C1.4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl and/or C14-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms may each independently of one another be substituted by one or two identical or different C1.4-alkyl groups, while two alkyl groups may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic group, particularly a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or Boehringer Ingelheim 33 Case 1-1406 if cyclopentyl group. Moreover in each case one or more C atoms in the groups W and Z may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms may each independently of one another be monosubstituted by Cl or Br.

In the event that the bridge X comprises a carbonyl group, W and Z preferably do not contain an -0- bridge.

In the definitions of the groups W and/or Z, R4 has the meanings given above, preferably -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl or iso-propyl.

In the definitions of the groups W and/or Z, R10 has the meanings given above, preferably -OH, N-pyrrolidinyl, amino-ethoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-ethoxy or di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-ethoxy.

In the above-mentioned definitions of the groups W and/or Z in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br.

If in the group W and/or Z one or two C atoms are substituted by a hydroxy and/or C1_3-alkoxy group, the substituted C atom is preferably not immediately adjacent to another heteroatom.

According to one embodiment compounds of formula I according to the invention have W and Z bridges, while precisely one or both of the bridges W
and Z represent a single bond.

A preferred definition of the group Y is aryl or heteroaryl.

The group Y preferably has a meaning which is selected from the group of the bivalent cyclic groups phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydroindolonyl, quinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, Boehringer Ingelheim 34 Case 1-1406 if tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl or benzoxazolyl, while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by R20, or in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or substituted by R21 at one or more N atoms. R1 may be attached to Y and/or X may be attached to Y as hereinbefore defined.

Particularly preferably, a definition of the group Y is selected from among the bivalent cyclic groups N
-N N
N
N N-- N N
N-N

dN-N_ \ / N N

Boehringer Ingelheim 35 Case 1-1406 if N

O
N

N N
N N
N N

N
O

OII
N /
N
CP

Boehringer Ingelheim 36 Case 1-1406 ff N N

N N
N:
N
N

p N

The cyclic groups listed above may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R21.

Most particularly preferably, Y is one of the groups listed below N-N
N

Boehringer Ingelheim 37 Case 1-1406 if N N
O N

pN
IN

N
particularly a 1,4-phenylene group, while the groups listed may be substituted as specified.

Particularly preferred substituents R20 of the group Y are selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C1_4-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, -CHO, hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, C2_4-alkynyl, carboxy, C1.4-alkoxycarbonyl, w-(C1_4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy-carbonylamino, amino, C1-4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino, aminocarbonyl, C1_4-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino-carbonyl, -CH=N-OH and -CH=N-O-C1_4-alkyl.

A preferred definition of the group A is aryl or heteroaryl.

Preferably the group A is selected from among the bivalent cyclic groups phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl, which may be may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by R20, and in the case of a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro.

Most particularly preferably, A is one of the groups listed below N

Boehringer Ingelheim 38 Case 1-1406 ff -N N
N
CN N=
NH
N
N-N

N
particularly or N-N
while the groups listed may be substituted as specified hereinbefore.
Particularly preferred substituents R20 of the group A are fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methoxy and C1_3-alkyl.

Preferably the groups A and/or Y are unsubstituted or monosubstituted by R20 as specified. The group A is preferably unsubstituted or monofluorinated.
According to a first embodiment, the definition of the group B is preferably selected from among the unsaturated carbo- and heterocycles phenyl, thienyl and furanyl. Particularly preferably, the group B denotes phenyl. The group B
in the definitions provided may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, a phenyl group may additionally also be monosubstituted by nitro. Preferably the group B is mono-, di- or trisubstituted, particularly mono- or disubstituted. In the case of a monosubstitution the substituent is preferably in the para position to the group A.

Particularly preferred substituents R20 of the group B are selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, nitro, C14-alkyl, hydroxy, Boehringer Ingelheim 39 Case 1-1406 if w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, C2_4-alkynyl, carboxy, C1_4-alkoxycarbonyl, w-(C1.4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl, C1_4-alkoxy-carbonylamino, amino, C1.4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1_4-alkyl)-amino, aminocarbonyl, C1.4-alkyl-amino-carbonyl and di-(C1-4-alkyl )-amino-carbonyl.

Most particularly preferred substituents R20 of the group B are selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, CF3, C1_3-alkyl and C1.4-alkoxy.

According to a second embodiment the definition of the group B is preferably selected from C1.6-alkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl-C1.3-alkyl, C3.7-cycloalkenyl-C1_3-alkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkenyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkynyl, while one or more C atoms in the groups mentioned for B
hereinbefore may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine.

In the cyclic groups according to the embodiment mentioned hereinbefore one or more C atoms may be substituted by R20.

Particularly preferred according to this embodiment are the groups C3_6-alkyl, C3_6-alkenyl, C3_6-alkynyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclopentyl-C1_3-alkyl, cyclopentenyl-C1.3-alkyl, cyclohexyl-C1.3-alkyl, cyclohexenyl-C1_3-alkyl, cycloheptyl-C1_3-alkyl, cycloheptenyl-C1_3-alkyl, while one or more C atoms in the groups mentioned for B hereinbefore may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine.

R4 and/or R5 have one of the meanings given for R17, preferably for R16 Particularly preferred meanings of R4 and/or R5 are H, C1_4-alkyl, C3.7-cycloalkyl and C3_7-cycloalkyl-C1_3-alkyl.

If R11 is a C2.6-alkenyl or C2_6-alkynyl group, the meanings -CH=CH2, -CH=CH(CH3), -CH=C(CH3)2 and -C-CH, -C-=C-CH3 are preferred.

Boehringer Ingelheim 40 Case 1-1406 ff Preferred definitions of the group R20 are halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1_4-alkyl, C14-alkoxy, C$_7-cycloalkyl and C1.4-alkoxy-C1.3-alkyl, while C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine and monosubstituted by Cl or Br.
Particularly preferably, R20 denotes F, Cl, Br, I, OH, cyano, methyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy or iso-propoxy.
Preferred definitions of the group R21 are C1.4-alkyl, C1.4-alkylcarbonyl, C1.4-alkylsulphonyl, -S02-NH2, -S02-NH-C1_3-alkyl, -SO2-N(C1.3-alkyl)2 and cyclo-C3.6-alkyleneimino-sulphonyl.

Cy preferably denotes a C3.7-cycloalkyl, particularly a C5_7-cycloalkyl group, a C5_7-cycloalkenyl group, aryl or heteroaryl, while aryl or heteroaryl preferably denotes a monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring system, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R21.

Preferred compounds according to the invention are those wherein one or more of the groups, residues, substituents and/or indices have one of the meanings mentioned above as being preferred.

Particularly preferred compounds according to the invention are those wherein Y has one of the meanings mentioned above as being preferred, most preferably a group selected from Boehringer Ingelheim 41 Case 1-1406 ff N-N N

N
N
N
O N
~. ~
O N
N \ /

N
and/or A has one of the meanings mentioned above as being preferred, and most preferably denotes or and/or N-N
B has one of the meanings mentioned above as being preferred, most preferably phenyl, while A, B and/or Y may be mono- or disubstituted, B may also be trisubstituted by, or substituted by R20at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro.

Boehringer Ingelheim 42 Case 1-1406 if Most particularly preferred compounds according to the invention are those wherein A, B, X, Y, Z, R', R2 and W independently of one another have the preferred meanings given above.

Particularly preferred compounds according to the invention are therefore described by one of general formulae Ila to IIL

(L1)m (L2)n /

2 N-X Z-C\ IIa R N
(L)m (L2)n R' (L3)p 2N-X / \ Z \ Ilb R - N-N

(L)m (L2)n 1 (L3)P
R Q
/ \ Ilc R2/N-X - Z- / a N N
(L)m (L2)n 3 R \ / ~ Zl i d N-X N
(L4)4 Boehringer Ingelheim 43 Case 1-1406 if (L)m (L)n 3(L )p Q
N Z Ile NX N
Rzi (L4 )q (L1)m (L2), l_; Q a (L3)p R\ N Z/ Ilf NX N
R2i (L4)q (L)m (L2)" 3 R\ Q _ (L )p R2/N-X N Z -CX IIg N
(L4)q (L)m (L2), (L3)p Q
Z~~ Ilh R\ N
N -X

a L

(L)m (L2)" 3 R\ Q _ (L )p R2/N-X N ZX / / Ili N
(L4 )q Boehringer Ingelheim 44 Case 1-1406 if (L1)m (L)n R~ Q - (L)p 2 N_X Z~ I l j R2i N N
N

La (L)m (L2)n _ (L 3 R\ / Q p N_X Ilk R2i N Z-=_=-~\
N
O ~,~ N

(L)m (L2)n _ (L 3 R\ Q IlL
R2iN_X N z X
a/\N N
L

wherein R1, R2, X and Z have the above-mentioned meanings and Q denotes -CH- or N, preferably -CH-, and L1, L2, L3, L4 denote H or have one of the meanings given for R20, and L5 denote H or has one of the meanings given for R21, and m, n, p, q independently of one another represent the values 0, 1 or 2, and p may also have the value 3.

Boehringer Ingelheim 45 Case 1-1406 if One group of most particularly preferred compounds can be described by the formula Ila wherein the group Q denotes -CH-.

Preferably, particularly in formulae Ila to IIL, the above-mentioned groups have the following meanings:

X denotes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2-, in formulae Ila to Ile it also denotes -CH2-C=C-, -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-CH2-NR4- or 1,3-pyrrolidinylene, while the pyrrolidinylene group is linked to Y via the imino group, while in the definitions given hereinbefore one or two -CH2- groups may be substituted by one or two methyl groups, while the bridge X may be connected to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and Z denotes a single bond or a bridge selected from among -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-, -CH2-C(CH3)2-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-, -C(CH3)2-CH2-, cyclopropylene, -CH2-CH(R10)- and -CH(R10)-CH2-, -O-CH2- or -NR4-CH2-.

In the definitions of X and Z provided hereinbefore, in each case a C atom may be substituted by a hydroxy, w-hydroxy-C1_3-alkyl, w-(C1_4-alkoxy)-C1_3-alkyl and/or C1_4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may each be substituted by one or two identical or different C1_4-alkyl groups, while the alkyl groups may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring. In addition, in the groups X and Z in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br.

Boehringer Ingelheim 46 Case 1-1406 if In the definitions of X and Z R4 has the meanings given hereinbefore, preferably -H, methyl, ethyl, propyl or iso-propyl.

In the definitions of X and Z R10 has the meanings given hereinbefore, preferably -OH, N-pyrrolidinyl, amino-ethoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-ethoxy or d i-(C 1.4-alkyl)-amino-eth oxy.

Most particularly preferably, X denotes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2-, and in formulae Ila to Ile it also denotes -CH2-CH=CH-, -CH2-C=C-, -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-O- or -CH2-CH(CH3)-O-, and/or Z denotes a single bond, -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -O-CH2-, particularly a single bond or -CH2-CH2- and/or L1, L2, L3, L4, independently of one another denote F, Cl, Br, I, OH, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C2-4-alkynyl, C1.4-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, amino, C1-4-alkylamino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1_4-alkylamino-C1_3-alkyl or di-(C1.4-alkyl)-amino-C1-3-alkyl or nitro, with the proviso that a phenyl may only be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or L1 additionally also denotes -CH=N-OH or -CH=N-O-C1.4-alkyl, m, n, q denote 0 or 1 and/or p denotes 1, 2 or 3, particularly 1 or 2.

Boehringer Ingelheim 47 Case 1-1406 if The following individual compounds are particularly preferred:

N

N

CI
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- pyridin-2-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine (2) ci N

N~~
O
O

[(R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolid in-2-yl]-methanol Boehringer Ingelheim 48 Case 1-1406 if M C

)N O

N

Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl)-benzofuran-5-ylethynyl]-pyridine (4) cl N
O=<N

N
r-j N
U

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Cl i (5) N
HO
N~\O
[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-Boehringer Ingelheim 49 Case 1-1406 if piperidin-4-yl]-methanol Cl N
(6) JC
HO N-"-\O

1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chioro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-3-ol (7) I cl N
ON

N-{4-[5-(4-chioro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-2-pyrroIidin-1 -yl-propionamide (81~N I ~
~ N

oCI
1-{3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-ynyl}-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole Boehringer Ingelheim 50 Case 1-1406 if (9) CI
2-[4-(4-azetidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine C'N NI
(10) CI
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine N
ON
(11) / I \

Br 5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1 -ynyl]-pyridine CH3 I \ \
N
N / I \

CI
2-[(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-ethanol Boehringer Ingelheim 51 Case 1-1406 if (13) ON
N
O
CI
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-((S)-2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (14) Cl N
CH3 N_,~ o 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-propyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (15) CI
<DN N i 5'-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl Boehringer Ingelheim 52 Case 1-1406 if (1 ) N N

Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(2-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine Cl (17) N*-N

3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1 -ynyl]-pyridazine CAN

(18) Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine Cl jf",5~
CH3 \ N
N I /
,,O

Boehringer Ingelheim 53 Case 1-1406 if 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-piperidin-1 -yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine O O

N~/O I \
(20) N

Cl methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-ethoxy)-benzoate Cl N

I'DN
-,-\ O

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine / CI
N
(2 \
I/

Boehringer Ingelheim 54 Case 1-1406 if 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Fi3C

N
N ~
(23) Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(4-methyl-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine Cl N

N~\p /
CHs 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ol Cl N

(25) GN

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{3-methyl-4-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 55 Case 1-1406 if CI
(26) N

IDN
N N
{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine O~ N
N
(27) CI
4-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-morpholi ne CH3 I ~ ~ \
N
NI
a8) CI
(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl -piperidin-4-yl-amine / cI
(29) N
O
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenoxy)-prop-1-ynyl]-Boehringer Ingelheim 56 Case 1-1406 if pyridine cl N
(30) N
N'~,~
6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline CI
N
(31/x) N

(1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-dimethyl-amine ci (32) N

<DN
O
O
H

[(S)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-Boehringer Ingelheim 57 Case 1-1406 if ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yi]-methanol (33) Cl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine N N
GN

(34) Cl {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine bN 1 (35) N

Cl 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yi]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine Boehringer Ingelheim 58 Case 1-1406 if Br C

N
(36) Cl 2-[3-bromo-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine Cl N

)N 0 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-azepan GN ~ \ \
(38) N

Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(6-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-naphthalen-2-ylethynyl)-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 59 Case 1-1406 if ~/0 I (39) c N

Cl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-N-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzamide Cl (40) (2-{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl )-cyclopropylmethyl-propyl-amine Cl 1)OH N
3 N JC)X
O
1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-oi Boehringer Ingelheim 60 Case 1-1406 if Cl N

"""NO

5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-2-{3-methyl-4-[2-(4-methyl-piperid in-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine /
Cl F C aCH3 (43) N
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (44) Cl N
N

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indole Boehringer Ingelheim 61 Case 1-1406 if (45) Cl N
ON

{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (46) Cl N
O \

O O
N I /

methyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperid in-4-yl]-acetate (47) Cl N
ON~\ CNJNX

{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Boehringer Ingelheim 62 Case 1-1406 if (48) Cl H3C4 O \ % N

tert-butyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-carbaminate (49) CH3 O
CN

N

Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (50) Cl N
C ./\O JC

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 63 Case 1-1406 if (51) CI
N

N
\N
N

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole (52) , CI
N
CN \/\ I /
O
2-[4-(2-azetidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine (53) ci ON

N -O
/
5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde 0-methyl-oxime Boehringer Ingelheim 64 Case 1-1406 ff (54) Cl N

N--~N N

1'-{5-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl (55) CH3 I

N

Cl (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine (56) Cl N
ON
~\O
Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 65 Case 1-1406 if (57) ci N
O N /\
O
(S)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-o1 (58) ` cl N
Cl, \ ~
N N~~O

[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine (59) Br N
ON

5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 66 Case 1-1406 if (60) Cl H3C1~ Nlj~0 I i N
N~\O

N-[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pipe ridin-4-ylmethyi]-N-methyl-acetamide (6 I \ N
N

CI CI
5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (62) cl N

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-ethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 67 Case 1-1406 if (63) Cl N
HO `
NO

[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-methanol (64) Cl N
CAN

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (65) Cl N

ON I \
--,~ 0 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-yi)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyrid ine (66) Boehringer Ingelheim 68 Case 1-1406 ff Cl N

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine N
(67) N

Cl (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine CAN

(68) N / NI

Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 69 Case 1-1406 if N
N O
/ I \
(69) 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine ON
(70) F
F

5-(3 ,4-d ifluoro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine / Cl N
(71 \

1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ol Boehringer Ingelheim 70 Case 1-1406 if N
(72) N

ci 5-(4-chIoro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-((R)-2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine Cl (73) ON
N
6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline N
F13C~l N
(74) CI
1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yi]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-4-methyl-piperazine CI
(75) \ / N

N /
N N

Boehringer Ingelheim 71 Case 1-1406 if {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (76) CI
N
/ N N./~ I /

CHs 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[4-(pyrid in-2-yloxy)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethoxy}-phenylethynyl)-pyridine (77) Cl N
C)N.~~O

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingeiheim 72 Case 1-1406 if (78) ci N
0.,....

(R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolid in-3-ol (79) cI
N
N /

f-j N

HO

1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ol (80) CI
HO
N
N~~O

1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperid in-Boehringer Ingelheim 73 Case 1-1406 ff 4-ol (81) ~ Cl ~ I\

N
HO
O

1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-phenyl-piperidin-4-ol (82) Cl N I i N
N~~

1 - (2-{4- [5- (4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-[4,4']bipiperidinyl (83) Cl N
CNo CH
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-ethynyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 74 Case 1-1406 if (8 N
N

CI
Cl 5-(3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (85) Cl CHs 1 -(2 -{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ylamine (86) cl N
<DN
O

N
O H
5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolid in-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde-oxime Boehringer Ingelheim 75 Case 1-1406 if (87) Cl N
CH3 N,~\ O

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (88) Cl ff \
N I i N

O

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-{2-[4-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethoxy}-3-methyl-phenylethynyl)-pyridine (89) Cl N
NO

HO

[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-2-yl]-methanol Boehringer Ingelheim 76 Case 1-1406 ff N (17N
N

CI
(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (91) I CI
NHz I N

O
NO
1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-carboxylic acid amide (92) CI

HOO
2-[(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in -2-ylethynyl)-p hen oxy}-ethyl)-m ethyl-amino]-ethanol Boehringer Ingelheim 77 Case 1-1406 ff (93) CI
N

5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyrid ine (94) Cl N

{2-[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine (95) I CI
N

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,4,6-trimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 78 Case 1-1406 if (96) Cl 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (97) Cl H N
H N

cis-2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-decahydro-isoquinoline (98) Cl N N

6-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-2-methyl-2, 6-d iaza-sp iro[3.4]octa ne Boehringer Ingelheim 79 Case 1-1406 if (99) Cl N
N
G
N

HO

1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (100) cl N
h13C\
N--~N I

~\O

[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine (101) F

G I

N

Cl Boehringer Ingelheim 80 Case 1-1406 ff 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (102) Cl N \
"") N

[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-cyclopentyl-methyl-amine (103) Cl N
N

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2, 3-dihydro-1 H-indole (104) Cl <DN

N
~~O

Boehringer Ingelheim Case 1-1406 if 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (105) Cl N
CN

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2, 5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyrid ine (106) Cl H3Cl- NlCH3 N
NO

[ 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-dimethyl-amine Boehringer Ingeiheim 82 Case 1-1406 if (107) CI

N
H3C~ JCJ 0 O 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperazine I
N N N

CI
(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyrid in-2-ylmethyl-amine (109) CI
O

N N
\ I I \
N 1-1 "1 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-spiro[piperidin-4,2'(1 H')-quinazolin]-4'(3'H)one Boehringer Ingelheim 83 Case 1-1406 if (110) CI

N
HO

NO

4-{[(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-methyl-amino]-methyl}-phenol (111) / CI
N
CNN

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-piperidin-1-yl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (112) CI
N
CN
N /
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-pyridin-5-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 84 Case 1-1406 ff (113) Cl H3Cll N N

N~\
O

3-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-9-methyl-3,9-diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane (114) Cl N
H3C~CH3 I

(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diisopropyl-amine (115} I \ CI
N
<DN

5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 85 Case 1-1406 if (116) CI

N
`
cc 2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline (1 N~/O I ~

Cl 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridazine (118) c CNCJ
N

o (R)-1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol Boehringer Ingelheim 86 Case 1-1406 ff (119) Cl 0=< N
N
r-I
N

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (120) Cl N
N
N
N

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-benzimidazole (1 N / N

N N

2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole Boehringer Ingelheim 87 Case 1-1406 If (122) I CI

trans-2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-decahydro-isoquinoline including the tautomers, the diastereomers, the enantiomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof.

Some expressions used hereinbefore and below to describe the compounds according to the invention will now be defined more fully.

The term halogen denotes an atom selected from among F, Cl, Br and I, particularly F, CI and Br.

The term Cl_n-alkyl, where n has a value of 3 to 8, denotes a saturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 1 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, iso-hexyl, etc.

The term C1_n-alkylene, where n may have a value of 1 to 8, denotes a saturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon bridge with 1 to n C atoms.
Examples of such groups include methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), 1-methyl-ethylene (-CH(CH3)-CH2-), 1,1-dimethyl-ethylene (-C(CH3)2-CH2-), n-prop-1,3-ylene (-CH2-CH2-CH2-), 1-methylprop-1,3-ylene (-CH(CH3)-CH2-CH2-), 2-methylprop-1,3-ylene (-CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2-), etc., as well as the corresponding mirror-symmetrical forms.

Boehringer Ingelheim $$.. A,... Case 1-1406 if The term C2_n-alkenyl, where n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and at least one C=C-double bond. Examples of such groups include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl etc.

The term C2-n-alkynyl, where n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a C=C triple bond.
Examples of such groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, iso-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-methyl-1-propynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-methyl-2-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl etc.

The term C1-n-alkoxy denotes a C1-n-alkyl-O- group, wherein C1-n-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, iso-pentoxy, neo-pentoxy, tert-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, iso-hexoxy etc.
The term C1-n-alkylthio denotes a C1_n-alkyl-S- group, wherein C1-n-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, iso-propylthio, n-butylthio, iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, n-pentylthio, iso-pentylthio, neo-pentylthio, tert-pentylthio, n-hexylthio, iso-hexylthio, etc.

The term C1-n-alkylcarbonyl denotes a C1-n-alkyl-C(=O)- group, wherein C1_n-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups include methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl, iso-propylcarbonyl, n-butylcarbonyl, iso-butylcarbonyl, sec-butylcarbonyl, tert-butylcarbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, iso-pentylcarbonyl, neo-pentylcarbonyl, tert-pentylcarbonyl, n-hexylcarbonyl, iso-hexylcarbonyl, etc.

Boehringer Ingelheim 89 Case 1-1406 if The term C3_n-cycloalkyl denotes a saturated mono-, bi-, tri- or spirocarbocyclic group with 3 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclododecyl, bicyclo[3.2.1.]octyl, spiro[4.5]decyl, norpinyl, norbonyl, norcaryl, adamantyl, etc. Preferably, the term C3_7-cycloalkyl includes saturated monocyclic groups.

The term C5_n-cycloalkenyl denotes a monounsaturated mono-, bi-, tri- or spirocarbocyclic group with 5 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclononenyl, etc.
The term C3_n-cycloalkylcarbonyl denotes a C3_n-cycloalkyl-C(=O) group, wherein C3_n-cycloalkyl is defined as above.

The term aryl denotes a carbocyclic, aromatic ring system, such as for example phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl, azulenyl, biphenylenyl, etc. A particularly preferred meaning of "aryl" is phenyl.

The term cyclo-C3_7-alkyleneimino denotes a 4- to 7-membered ring which has 3 to 7 methylene units as well as an imino group, the bond to the rest of the molecule being made via the imino group.

The term cyclo-C3_7-alkyleneimino-carbonyl denotes a cyclo-C3_7-alkyleneimino ring as defined hereinbefore which is linked to a carbonyl group via the imino group.

The term heteroaryl used in this application denotes a heterocyclic, aromatic ring system which comprises in addition to at least one C atom one or more heteroatoms selected from N, 0 and/or S. Examples of such groups are furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,3,5-triazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-Boehringer Ingelheim 90 Case 1-1406 ff thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiadiazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl (thianaphthenyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, quinozilinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, acridinyl, etc. The term heteroaryl also comprises the partially hydrogenated heterocyclic, aromatic ring systems, particularly those listed above. Examples of such partially hydrogenated ring systems are 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrolinyl, pyrazolinyl, indolinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazepinyl, etc. Particularly preferably, heteroaryl denotes a heteroaromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system.

Terms such as aryl-C1_n-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1_n-alkyl, etc. refer to C1_n-alkyl, as defined above, which is substituted with an aryl or heteroaryl group.

Many of the terms given above may be used repeatedly in the definition of a formula or group and in each case have one of the meanings given above, independently of one another.

The term "unsaturated carbocyclic group" or "unsaturated heterocyclic group", as used particularly in the definition of the group Cy, comprises, in addition to the totally unsaturated groups, the corresponding, only partially unsaturated groups, particularly the mono- and diunsaturated groups.

The term "optionally substituted" used in this application indicates that the group thus designated is either unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted by the substituents specified. If the group in question is polysubstituted, the substituents may be identical or different.

The H atom of any carboxy group present or an H atom (imino or amino group) bonded to an N atom may in each case be replaced by a group which can be cleaved in vivo. By a group which can be cleaved in vivo from an N
atom is meant for example a hydroxy group, an acyl group such as the benzoyl or pyridinoyl group or a C1.16-alkanoyl group such as the formyl, Boehringer Ingelheim 91 Case 1-1406 if acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, pentanoyl or hexanoyl group, an allyloxycarbonyl group, a C1_16-alkoxycarbonyl group such as the methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, tert.butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, nonyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, undecyloxycarbonyl, dodecyloxycarbonyl or hexadecyloxycarbonyl group, a phenyl-C1_6-alkoxycarbonyl group such as the benzyloxycarbonyl, phenylethoxycarbonyl or phenylpropoxycarbonyl group, a C1_3-alkylsulphonyl-C2_4-alkoxycarbonyl, C1_3-alkoxy-C2_4-alkoxy-C2_4-alkoxycarbonyl or ReCO-O-(RfCRg)-O-CO group wherein Re denotes a C1_8-alkyl, C5_7-cycloalkyl, phenyl or phenyl- C1.3-alkyl group, Rf denotes a hydrogen atom, a C1.3-alkyl, C5_7-cycloalkyl or phenyl group and Rg denotes a hydrogen atom, a C1.3-alkyl or ReCO-O-(RfCRg)-O group wherein Re to R. are as hereinbefore defined, while additionally the phthalimido group is a possibility for an amino group, and the above-mentioned ester groups may also be used as groups which can be converted into a carboxy group in vivo.

The residues and substituents described above may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine as described. Preferred fluorinated alkyl groups are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl. Preferred fluorinated alkoxy groups are fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Preferred fluorinated alkylsulphinyl and alkylsulphonyl groups are trifluoromethylsulphinyl and trifluoromethylsulphonyl.

The compounds of general formula I according to the invention may have acid groups, predominantly carboxyl groups, and/or basic groups such as e.g.
amino functions. Compounds of general formula I may therefore be present Boehringer Ingelheim 92 Case 1-1406 ff as internal salts, as salts with pharmaceutically useable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulphonic acid or organic acids (such as for example maleic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or acetic acid) or as salts with pharmaceutically useable bases such as alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides or carbonates, zinc or ammonium hydroxides or organic amines such as e.g. diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine inter alia.

The compounds according to the invention may be obtained using methods of synthesis which are known in principle. Preferably the compounds are obtained by the methods of preparation according to the invention, which are described more fully hereinafter.

The two reaction plans A and B which follow illustrate the synthesis of the compounds A.5 and B.5 according to the invention, wherein R', R2, X, Y, Z, W, A and B have one of the meanings described hereinbefore. In reaction plan A the group Y denotes an aryl or heteroaryl group, whereas in reaction plan B the group A denotes an aryl or heteroaryl group. Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, particularly bromine or iodine, particularly preferably iodine.
According to reaction plan A the halogen compound A.1 is reacted with the alkyne compound A.2 in a molar ratio of about 1.5 : 1 to 1 : 1.5 under a protective gas atmosphere in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent.
A preferred amount of copper(I)iodide is in the range from 1 to 15 mol%, particularly from 5 to 10 mol% based on the educt A. 1.
Suitable palladium catalysts are for example Pd(PPh3)4, Pd2(dba)3, Pd(OAc)2, Pd(PPh3)2CI2, Pd(CH3CN)2CI2, Pd(dppf)C12. The palladium catalyst is preferably used in an amount of from 1 to 15 mol%, particularly 5 to 10 mol%
based on the educt A.1.

Suitable bases are particularly amines, such as for example triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine, as well as Cs2CO3. The base is preferably used in at least equimolar amounts based on the educt A.1, in excess or as the solvent Boehringer Ingelheim 93 Case 1-1406 if as well. Other suitable solvents are dimethylformamide or ethers, such as for example tetrahydrofuran, including the mixtures thereof. The reaction is carried out over a period of about 2 to 24 hours in a temperature range from about 20 to 90 C.

The alkyne compound A.3 obtained is reacted directly or after previous purification with methanesuiphonic acid chloride to form the methanesulphonate derivative A.4. The reaction conditions required are known as such to the skilled man. Advantageous solvents are halogenated hydrocarbons, such as for example dichloromethane. Suitable reaction temperatures are normally in the range from 0 to 30 C.

The reaction solution containing the methanesulphonate derivative A.4, or the purified methanesulphonate derivative A.4, dissolved in a suitable solvent, is reacted with an amine H-NR1R2 to obtain the end product A.5 and then optionally purified. If the amine H-NR1R2 has another primary or secondary amine function, this is advantageously protected beforehand by a protective group which can be cleaved again after the reaction has ended, using methods known from the literature. The product thus obtained may for example be converted into the salt form by reaction with a corresponding acid.
A preferred molar ratio of the derivative A.4 to the amine compound is in the range from 1.5 : 1 to 1 : 1.5. Suitable solvents are dimethylformamide or ether, such as for example tetrahydrofuran, including the mixtures thereof.
The reaction to obtain the product A.5 is advantageously carried out in a temperature range of about 20 to 90 C.

Boehringer Ingelheim 94 Case 1-1406 if Reaction plan A:

HO-X-Y-Hal + H-C=C-W-A-B
(A.1) (A.2) Cul [Pd]

HO-X-Y-C-C-W-A-B (A.3) MsCi MsO-X-Y-C =C-W-A-B (A.4) R1R2N- X-Y-CSC-W-A-B (A.5) According to reaction plan B the halogen compound B.2 is reacted with the alkyne compound B.1 in a molar ratio of about 1.5 : 1 to 1 : 1.5 under a protective gas atmosphere in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent. Details of suitable reaction conditions, including catalysts, bases and solvents, may be found in the description of reaction plan A.

The alkyne compound B.3 obtained is reacted with methanesuiphonic acid chloride directly or after previous purification, to form the methanesuIphonate derivative B.4. The reaction conditions required can again be found in the description relating to Reaction plan A.

Boehringer ingelheim 95 Case 1-1406 if The reaction solution containing the methanesulphonate derivative B.4, or the purified methanesulphonate derivative B.4, dissolved in a suitable solvent, is reacted with an amine H-NR'R2 to obtain the end product B.5 and then optionally purified. Once again, the remarks relating to Reaction plan A
apply.
Reaction plan B:

HO-X-Y-Z- C=C-H + Hal-A-B
(B.1) (B.2) Cul [Pd]

HO-X-Y-Z- C=C-A-B (B.3) MsCI
MsO-X-Y-Z- C=C-A-B (B.4) HNR'R2 R'R2N-X-Y-Z- C=C-A-B (B.5) According to the additional reaction plan C the halogen compound C.1 is reacted directly with the alkyne compound C.2 in a molar ratio of about 1.5 :

to 1 : 1.5 under a protective gas atmosphere in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the product C.3. Details of suitable reaction conditions, including Boehringer Ingelheim 96 Case 1-1406 if catalysts, bases and solvents, may be found in the description of reaction plan A.

Reaction plan C:

RIR2N- X-Y-Hal + H-CSC-W-A-B
(C.1) (C.2) Cul [Pd]

R1 R2N- X-Y-C -C-W-A-B (C.3) An alternative method of synthesis is shown in reaction plan D. According to this the halogen compound D.2 is reacted directly with the alkyne compound D.1 in a molar ratio of about 1.5 : 1 to 1 : 1.5 under a protective gas atmosphere in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to form the product D.3. Once again, details of suitable reaction conditions, including catalysts, bases and solvents, may be found in the description of reaction plan A.

Reaction plan D:

R'R2N-X-Y-Z- C^C-H + Hal-A-B
(D.1) (D.2) Cul [Pd]

R1 R 2 N -X-Y-Z- C EC-A-B (D.3) The reactions according to plans A, B, C and D may be carried out to particular advantage with the corresponding iodine compounds A. 1, B.2, C. 1 and D.2. In the event that Hal denotes bromine in compounds A.1, B.2, C.1 Boehringer Ingelheim 97 Case 1-1406 if and D.2, it is advantageous to convert it into the corresponding iodine compound beforehand. A particularly advantageous process is the Aryl-Finkelstein reaction (Klapars, Artis; Buchwald, Stephen L.. Copper-Catalyzed Halogen Exchange in Aryl Halides: An Aromatic Finkelstein Reaction. Journal of the American Chemical Society (2002), 124(50), 14844-14845). Thus for example the halogen compound A.1, B.2, C.1 bzw. D.2 may be reacted with sodium iodide in the presence of N,N'-dimethyl-ethylenediamine and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the corresponding iodine compound. An advantageous molar ratio of the halogen compound to sodium iodide is 1 : 1.8 to 1 : 2.3. N,N'-dimethyl-ethylenediamine is advantageously used in a molar ratio of 10 to 30 mol% based on the halogen compound A.1, B.2, C.1 or D.2. Preferred amounts of copper(I)iodide are in the range from 5 to 20 mol% based on the halogen compound A.1, B.2, C.1 or D.2. A suitable solvent is 1,4-dioxane, for example. Suitable reaction temperatures are in the range from about 20 to 110 C. The reaction is substantially complete after 2 to 72 hours.

The compounds according to the invention may advantageously also be obtained using methods described in the following Examples, which may also be combined with methods known to the skilled man from the literature, for example.

Stereoisomeric compounds of formula (I) may be separated in principle by conventional methods. The diastereomers may be separated on the basis of their different physico-chemical properties, e.g. by fractional crystallisation from suitable solvents, by high pressure liquid or column chromatography, using chiral or preferably non-chiral stationary phases.

Racemates covered by general formula (I) may be separated for example by HPLC on suitable chiral stationary phases (e.g. Chiral AGP, Chiralpak AD).
Racemates which contain a basic or acidic function can also be separated via the diastereomeric, optically active salts which are produced on reacting with an optically active acid, for example (+) or (-)-tartaric acid, (+) or (-)-diacetyl tartaric acid, (+) or (-)-monomethyl tartrate or (+)-camphorsulphonic acid, or Boehringer Ingelheim 98 Case 1-1406 if an optically active base, for example with (R)-(+)-1-phenylethylamine, (S)-(-)-1 -phenylethylamine or (S)-brucine.

According to a conventional method of separating isomers, the racemate of a compound of general formula (I) is reacted with one of the above-mentioned optically active acids or bases in equimolar amounts in a solvent and the resulting crystalline, diastereomeric, optically active salts thereof are separated using their different solubilities. This reaction may be carried out in any type of solvents provided that they show sufficient differences in terms of the solubility of the salts. Preferably, methanol, ethanol or mixtures thereof, for example in a ratio by volume of 50:50, are used. Then each of the optically active salts is dissolved in water, carefully neutralised with a base such as sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate, or with a suitable acid, e.g. with dilute hydrochloric acid or aqueous methanesulphonic acid, and in this way the corresponding free compound is obtained in the (+) or (-) form.

The (R) or (S) enantiomer alone or a mixture of two optically active diastereomeric compounds covered by general formula I may also be obtained by performing the syntheses described above with a suitable reaction component in the (R) or (S) configuration.

As already mentioned, the compounds of formula (I) may be converted into the salts thereof, particularly for pharmaceutical use into the physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof. These salts may be present on the one hand as physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of formula (I) with inorganic or organic acids.
On the other hand, in the case of acidically bound hydrogen, the compound of formula (I) may also be converted by reaction with inorganic bases into physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts with alkali or alkaline earth metal cations as counter-ion. The acid addition salts may be prepared, for example, using hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or maleic acid.
Moreover, Boehringer Ingelheim 99 Case 1-1406 if mixtures of the above mentioned acids may be used. To prepare the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula (I) with acidically bound hydrogen the alkali and alkaline earth metal hydroxides and hydrides are preferably used, while the hydroxides and hydrides of the alkali metals, particularly sodium and potassium are preferred and sodium and potassium hydroxide are most preferred.

The compounds according to the present invention, including the physiologically acceptable salts, are effective as antagonists of the MCH
receptor, particularly the MCH-1 receptor, and exhibit good affinity in MCH
receptor binding studies. Pharmacological test systems for MCH-antagonistic properties are described in the following experimental section.

As antagonists of the MCH receptor the compounds according to the invention are advantageously suitable as pharmaceutical active substances for the prevention and/or treatment of symptoms and/or diseases caused by MCH or causally connected with MCH in some other way. Generally the compounds according to the invention have low toxicity, they are well absorbed by oral route and have an intracerebral transitivity, particularly brain accessibility.

Therefore, MCH antagonists which contain at least one compound according to the invention, are particularly suitable in mammals, such as for example rats, mice, guinea pigs, hares, dogs, cats, sheep, horses, pigs, cattle, monkeys and also humans, for the treatment and/or prevention of symptoms and/or diseases which are caused by MCH or are otherwise causally connected with MCH.

Diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connected with MCH are particularly metabolic disorders, such as for example obesity, and eating disorders, such as for example bulimia, including bulimia nervosa. The indication obesity includes in particular exogenic obesity, hyperinsulinaemic obesity, hyperplasmic obesity, hyperphyseal adiposity, hypoplasmic obesity, hypothyroid obesity, hypothalamic obesity, symptomatic obesity, infantile Boehringer Ingelheim 100 Case 1-1406 if obesity, upper body obesity, alimentary obesity, hypogonadal obesity and central obesity. This range of indications also includes cachexia, anorexia and hyperphagia.

Compounds according to the invention may, in particular, be suitable for reducing hunger, curbing appetite, controlling eating behaviour and/or promoting a feeling of satiety.

In addition, the diseases caused by MCH or otherwise causally connected with MCH also include hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fat accumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, emotional disorders, affectivity disorders, depression, anxiety states, sleep disoreders, reproductive disorders, sexual disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy, forms of dementia and hormonal disorders.

Compounds according to the invention are also suitable as active substances for the prevention and/or treatment of other illnesses and/or disorders, particularly those which accompany obesity, such as, for example, diabetes, diabetes mellitus, especially type II diabetes, hyperglycaemia, particularly chronic hyperglycaemia, complications of diabetes including diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, etc., insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance, encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular diseases, particularly arteriosclerosis and high blood pressure, arthritis and gonitis.

MCH antagonists and formulations according to the invention may advantageously be used in combination with a dietary therapy, such as for example a dietary diabetes treatment, and exercise.

Another range of indications for which the compounds according to the invention are advantageously suitable is the prevention and/or treatment of urinary disorders, such as for example urinary incontinence, overactive bladder, urgency, nycturia and enuresis, while the overactive bladder and urgency may or may not be connected with benign prostatic hyperplasia.

Boehringer Ingeiheim 101 Case 1-1406 if The dosage required to achieve such an effect is conveniently, by intravenous or subcutaneous route, 0.001 to 30 mg/kg of body weight, preferably 0.01 to 5 mg/kg of body weight, and by oral or nasal route or by inhalation, 0.01 to 50 mg/kg of body weight, preferably 0.1 to 30 mg/kg of body weight, in each case once to three times a day.

For this purpose, the compounds of formula I prepared according to the invention may be formulated, optionally together with other active substances as described hereinafter, together with one or more inert conventional carriers and/or diluents, e.g. with corn starch, lactose, glucose, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium stearate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, citric acid, tartaric acid, water, water/ethanol, water/glycerol, water/sorbitol, water/polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, cetylstearyl alcohol, carboxymethylcelIulose or fatty substances such as hard fat or suitable mixtures thereof, to produce conventional galenic preparations such as plain or coated tablets, capsules, powders, granules, solutions, emulsions, syrups, aerosols for inhalation, ointments or suppositories.

In addition to pharmaceutical compositions the invention also covers compositions containing at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/ or a salt according to the invention optionally together with one or more physiologically acceptable excipients. Such compositions may also be foods, for example, which may be solid or liquid, in which the compound according to the invention is incorporated.

For the above mentioned combinations it is possible to use as additional active substances particularly those which for example potentiate the therapeutic effect of an MCH antagonist according to the invention in terms of one of the indications mentioned above and/or which make it possible to reduce the dosage of an MCH antagonist according to the invention.
Preferably one or more additional active substances are selected from among active substances for the treatment of diabetes, active substances for the treatment of diabetic complications, Boehringer Ingelheim 102 Case 1-1406 if active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other than MCH
antagonists, active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure, active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia, including arteriosclerosis, active substances for the treatment of arthritis, active substances for the treatment of anxiety states, active substances for the treatment of depression.

The above mentioned categories of active substances will now be explained in more detail by means of examples.

Examples of active substances for the treatment of diabetes are insulin sensitisers, insulin secretion accelerators, biguanides, insulins, a-glucosidase inhibitors, (33 adreno-receptor agonists.

Insulin sensitisers include pioglitazone and its salts (preferably hydrochloride), troglitazone, rosiglitazone and its salts (preferably maleate), JTT-501, GI-262570, MCC-555, YM-440, DRF-2593, BM-13-1258, KRP-297, R-119702, GW-1929.

Insulin secretion accelerators include sulphonylureas, such as for example tolbutamide, chloropropamide, tolzamide, acetohexamide, glyclopyramide and its ammonium salts, glibenclamide, gliclazide, glimepiride. Further examples of insulin secretion accelerators are repaglinide, nateglinide, mitiglinide (KAD-1229) and JTT-608.

Biguanides include metformin, buformin and phenformin.

Insulins include those obtained from animals, particularly cattle or pigs, semisynthetic human insulins which are synthesised enzymatically from insulin obtained from animals, human insulin obtained by genetic engineering, e.g. from Escherichia coli or yeasts. Moreover, the term Boehringer Ingelheim 103 Case 1-1406 if insulin also includes insulin-zinc (containing 0.45 to 0.9 percent by weight of zinc) and protamine-insulin-zinc obtainable from zinc chloride, protamine sulphate and insulin. Insulation may also be obtained from insulin fragments or derivatives (for example INS-1, etc.).

Insulin may also include different kinds, e.g. with regard to the onset time and duration of effect ("ultra immediate action type", "immediate action type", "two phase type", "intermediate type", "prolonged action type", etc.), which are selected depending on the pathological condition of the patient.

a-Glucosidase inhibitors include acarbose, voglibose, miglitol, emiglitate.
Rs Adreno receptor agonists include AJ-9677, BMS-1 96085, SB-226552, AZ40140.

Active substances for the treatment of diabetes other than those mentioned above include ergoset, pramlintide, leptin, BAY-27-9955 as well as glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, sorbitol dehydrogenase inhibitors, protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitors, dipeptidyl protease inhibitors, glipazid, glyburide.

Active substances for the treatment of diabetic complications include for example aldose reductase inhibitors, glycation inhibitors and protein kinase C
inhibitors.

Aldose reductase inhibitors are for example tolrestat, epalrestat, imirestat, zenarestat, SNK-860, zopolrestat, ARI-50i, AS-3201.
An example of a glycation inhibitor is pimagedine.

Protein Kinase C inhibitors are for example NGF, LY-333531.

Boehringer Ingelheim 104 Case 1-1406 if Active substances other than those mentioned above for the treatment of diabetic complications include alprostadil, thiapride hydrochloride, cilostazol, mexiletine hydrochloride, ethyl eicosapentate, memantine, pimagedine (ALT-71 1).

Active substances for the treatment of obesity, preferably other than MCH
antagonists, include lipase inhibitors and anorectics.

A preferred example of a lipase inhibitor is orlistat.

Examples of preferred anorectics are phentermine, mazindol, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, sibutramine, baiamine, (S)-sibutramine, SR-141716, NGD-95-1.

Active substances other than those mentioned above for the treatment of obesity include lipstatin.

Moreover for the purposes of this application the active substance group of anti-obesity active substances also includes the anorectics, of which the (33 agonists, thyromimetic active substances and NPY antagonists should be emphasised. The scope of the anti-obesity or anorectic active substances which are preferred here is indicated by the following additional list, by way of example: phenylpropanolamine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, phentermine, a cholecystokinin-A (hereinafter referred to as CCK-A) agonist, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor (such as for example sibutramine), a sympathomimetic active substance, a serotonergic active substance (such as for example dexfenfluramine or fenfluramine), a dopamine antagonist (such as for example bromocriptine), a melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor agonist or mimetic, an analogue of melanocyte-stimulating hormone, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist, an MCH antagonist, the OB protein (hereinafter referred to as leptin), a leptin analogue, a leptin receptor agonist, a galanine antagonist, a GI lipase inhibitor or reducer (such as for example Boehringer Ingelheim 105 Case 1-1406 ff orlistat). Other anorectics include bombesin agonists, dehydroepiandrosterone or its analogues, glucocorticoid receptor agonists and antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, urocortin binding protein antagonists, agonists of the Glucagon-like Peptide-1 receptor, such as for example exendin and ciliary neurotrophic factors, such as for example axokine.

Active substances for the treatment of high blood pressure include inhibitors of angiotensin converting enzyme, calcium antagonists, potassium channel openers and angiotensin II antagonists.

Inhibitors of angiotensin converting enzyme include captopril, enalapril, alacepril, delapril (hydrochloride), lisinopril, imidapril, benazepril, cilazapril, temocapril, trandolapril, manidipine (hydrochloride).

Examples of calcium antagonists are nifedipine, amlodipine, efonidipine, nicardipine.

Potassium channel openers include levcromakalim, L-27152, AL0671, NIP-121.

Angiotensin II antagonists include telmisartan, losartan, candesartan cilexetil, valsartan, irbesartan, CS-866, E4177.

Active substances for the treatment of hyperlipidaemia, including arteriosclerosis, include HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, fibrate compounds.
HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors include pravastatin, simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, lipantil, cerivastatin, itavastatin, ZD-4522 and the salts thereof.

Fibrate compounds include bezafibrate, clinofibrate, clofibrate and simfibrate.

Boehringer Ingelheim 106 Case 1-1406 if Active substances for the treatment of arthritis include ibuprofen.
Active substances for the treatment of anxiety states include chlord iazepoxide, diazepam, oxazolam, medazepam, cloxazolam, bromazepam, lorazepam, alprazolam, fludiazepam.

Active substances for the treatment of depression include fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, imipramine, paroxetine, sertraline.

The dosage for these active substances is conveniently 1 /5 of the lowest normal recommended dose up to 1/1 of the normal recommended dose.

In another embodiment the invention also relates to the use of at least one alkyne compound according to the invention and/or a salt according to the invention for influencing the eating behaviour of a mammal. This use is based particularly on the fact that compounds according to the invention may be suitable for reducing hunger, curbing appetite, controlling eating behaviour and/or promoting a feeling of satiety. The eating behaviour is advantageously influenced in such a way as to reduce food intake. Therefore, the compounds according to the invention are advantageously used for reducing body weight. A further use according to the invention is the prevention of increases in body weight, for example in people who have previously taken steps to reduce their weight and are then interested in maintaining their reduced body weight. According to this embodiment it is preferably a non-therapeutic use. Such a non-therapeutic use may be a cosmetic use, for example for altering the outer appearance, or an application for improving the general feeling of wellbeing. The compounds according to the invention are preferably used in a non-therapeutic capacity for mammals, particularly humans, who have no diagnosed disorders of eating behaviour, no diagnosed obesity, bulimia, diabetes and/ or no diagnosed urinary problems, particularly urinary incontinence. Preferably the compounds according to the invention are suitable for non-therapeutic use in humans whose body mass index (BMI =
body mass index), which is defined as the body weight measured in kilograms Boehringer Ingelheim 107 Case 1-1406 if divided by the height (in metres) squared, is less than 30, particularly less than 25.

The Examples that follow are intended to illustrate the invention:
Preliminary remarks:

As a rule, IR, 1 H-NMR and/or mass spectra have been obtained for the compounds prepared. Unless otherwise stated the Rf values are determined using ready-made silica gel 60 TLC plates F254 (E. Merck, Darmstadt, Item no. 1.05714) without chamber saturation. The Rf values obtained under the name Alox are determined using ready-made aluminium oxide 60 F254 TLC
plates (E. Merck, Darmstadt, Item no. 1.05713) without chamber saturation.
The ratios given for the eluants relate to units by volume of the solvent in question. The units by volume for NH3 relate to a concentrated solution of NH3 in water. Silica gel made by Millipore (MATREXTM, 35-70 my) is used for chromatographic purification. Alox (E. Merck, Darmstadt, aluminium oxide 90 standardised, 63-200 pm, Item no. 1.01097.9050) is used for chromatographic purification. The HPLC data given are measured under the following parameters:
Analytical columns: Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Stable Bond) -C18; 3.5 pm; 4.6 x 75 mm; column temperature: 30 C; flow: 0.8 mL / min;
injection volume: 5 pL; detection at 254 nm (methods A and B) Symmetry 300 (Waters), 3.5 pm; 4.6 x 75 mm; column temperature: 30 C;
flow: 0.8 mL / min; injection volume: 5 pL; detection at 254 nm (method C) method A: water:acetonitrile:formic acid 9:1:0.01 to 1:9:0.01 over 9 min method B: water:acetonitrile:formic acid 9:1:0.01 to 1:9:0.01 over 4 min, then 6 min 1:9:0.01 method C: water:acetonitrile:formic acid 9:1:0.01 to 1:9:0.01 over 4 min, then 6 min 1:9:0.01 Preparative column: Zorbax column (Agilent Technologies), SB (Stable Bond) - C18; 3.5 pm; 30 x 100 mm; column temperature: ambient temperature; flow:
30 mL / min; detection at 254 nm.

Boehringer Ingelheim 108 Case 1-1406 If In preparative HPLC purifications, as a rule, the same gradients are used as were used to raise the analytical HPLC data.
The products are collected under mass control, the fractions containing product are combined and freeze-dried.

If there is no specific information as to the configuration, it is not clear whether there are pure enantiomers or whether partial or even total racemisation has taken place.

The following abbreviations are used above and hereinafter:
CDI carbonyidiimidazole cyc cyclohexane DCM dichloromethane DMF dimethylformamide DMSO dimethylsulphoxide dppf 1,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene EtOAc ethyl acetate EtOH ethanol Fp melting point i.vac. in vacuo MeOH methanol PE petroleum ether PPh3 triphenylphosphane RT ambient temperature TBAF tetrabutylammoniumfluoride trihydrate THF tetrahydrofuran General experimental method I (Sonogashira couplings) Under an argon atmosphere, a suitable palladium catalyst (e.g. Pd(PPh3)4 (5 mol%), Pd(PPh3)2CI2 (5 mol%), Pd(CH3CN)CI2 (5 mol%) or Pd(dppf)C12 (5 or mol%)), a suitable base (e.g. caesium carbonate (1.5 eq) or triethylamine (1.5 eq.)) and Cul (5 or 10 mol%) are added successively to a solution of the aryl or heteroaryl iodide or bromide (1.0 eq) and the alkyne (1.05 eq) in THE

Boehringer Ingelheim 109 Case 1-1406 if or DMF. The reaction solution is stirred at RT to 90 C for between 2-24 h, filtered and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography or by purification using HPLC-MS.

General experimental method 11 (bromine-iodine exchange) Nal (2.0 eq), N,N'-dimethyl-ethylenediamine (0.2 eq.) and Cul (0.1 eq.) are added successively to a solution of the aryl or heteroaryl bromide (1.0 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane under argon. The reaction is stirred for 2-72 h at RT to 110 C and then diluted with NH3. The aqueous phase is extracted with DCM, the organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. If necessary further purification is carried out by column chromatography.

Boehringer Ingelheim 110 Case 1-1406 if Example 1 Diethyl-(2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-amine 0'-\ \ I
l a [2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-diethyl-amine A suspension of 31.4 g (178 mmol) 4-bromophenol, 30.6 g (178 mmol) (2-chloro-ethyl)-diethyl-amine (used as the hydrochloride) and 61.5 g (445 mmol) K2CO3 in 300 mL DMF is heated to 80 C for 8 h. The solvent is evaporated down i.vac. , the residue combined with water, the aqueous phase exhaustively extracted with EtOAc , the combined organic phases washed with water again and dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 28.0 g (58% of theory) C12H18BrNO (M= 272.187) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) lb diethyl-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amine Under a nitrogen atmosphere a mixture of 5.44 g (20 mmol) [2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-diethyl-amine, 3.11 mL (22 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane, 462 mg (0.4 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 76 mg (0.4 mmol) Cul in 50 mL piperidine is heated to 70 C for 21 h. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 1.4 g (24% of theory) C17H27NOSi (M= 289.497) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 290 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 290 Rf value: 0.67 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Boehringer Ingelheim 111 Case 1-1406 if 1c diethyl-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amine Under a nitrogen atmosphere a solution of 1.4 g (4.8 mmol) diethyl-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amine in 50 mL THE is combined with 1.68 g (5.3 mmol) TBAF and stirred overnight at RT. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH 95:5).
Yield: 0.5 g (47% of theory) C14H19NO (M= 217.314) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 218 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 218 Rf value: 0.46 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) l d {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine A mixture of 500 mg (2.30 mmol) diethyl-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amine, 545 mg (2.30 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine, 161 mg (0.23 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 13 mg (0.07 mmol) Cul, 2 mL
ethyldiisopropylamine and 2 mL diisopropylamine in 50 mL DMF is heated for 20 h at 100 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 200 mg (23% of theory) C19H21 BrN2O (M= 373.296) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 373/375 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 373/375 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) le diethyl-(2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-amine A mixture of 200 mg (0.54 mmol) {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine, 163 mg (1.07 mmol) 4-methoxy-phenylboric acid, 31 mg (0.03 mmol) tetra kis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 0.27 mL
of a 2 M aqueous Na2CO3 solution in 5 mL 1,4-dioxane is heated for 20 h at Boehringer Ingelheim 112 Case 1-1406 if 110 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5). The product fractions are evaporated down, the residue is triturated with diethyl ether, suction filtered and washed with diisopropylether.
Yield: 30 mg (14% of theory) C26H28N202 (M= 400.525) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401 Rf value: 0.46 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 1.1 d iethyl-(2-{4-[5-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-amine ~I \

The product is obtained analogously to Example 1 e from 200 mg (0.54 mmol) {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine and 163 mg (1.07 mmol) 2-methoxy-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 40 mg (14% of theory) C26H28N202 (M= 400.525) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401 Rf value: 0.23 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 1.2 (2-{4-[5-(4-ethoxy-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diethyl-amine Boehringer (ngelheim 113 Case 1-1406 if The product is obtained analogously to Example 1e from 200 mg (0.54 mmol) {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine and 178 mg (1.07 mmol) 4-ethoxy-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 83 mg (37% of theory) C27H30N202 (M= 414.552) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 414 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 414 Rf value: 0.26 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 1.3 (2-{4-[5-(3,4-d ifluoro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-d iethyl-amine F
\ / N

The product is obtained analogously to Example le from 200 mg (0.54 mmol) {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine and 169 mg (1.07 mmol) 3,4-difluoro-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 35 mg (16% of theory) C25H24F2N20 (M= 406.480) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 407 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 407 Rf value: 0.34 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 1.4 (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl )-diethyl-amine ojcf The product is obtained analogously to Example le from 200 mg (0.54 mmol) {2-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine and 167 mg (1.07 mmol) 4-chloro-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 51 mg (24% of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 114 Case 1-1406 ff C25H25CIN20 (M= 404.944) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 Rf value: 0.26 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 1.5 diethyl-(2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidine-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl )-amine The product is obtained analogously to Example 1d from 434 mg (2.0 mmol) diethyl-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amine and 441 mg (2.0 mmol) 2-chloro-5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidine.
Yield: 100 mg (13% of theory) C25H27N302 (M= 401.513) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 402 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 402 Rf value: 0.65 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Example 1.6 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine i J

1.6a 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine A suspension of 22 g (100 mmol) 4-iodophenol, 17 g (100 mmol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-pyrrolidine (used as the hydrochloride) and 55.3 g (400 mmol) K2CO3 in 400 mL DMF is stirred for 48 h at RT. The solvent is evaporated down i.vac. , the residue is combined with water, the aqueous phase exhaustively extracted with EtOAc , the combined organic phases are washed with saturated, Boehringer Ingelheim 115 Case 1-1406 ff aqueous NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 85:15:1.5).
Yield: 18.0 g (57% of theory) C12H161NO (M= 317.172) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 Rf value: 0.59 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2) 1.6b 1-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Under a nitrogen atmosphere 7.0 mL (49.5 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane is slowly added to a mixture of 14.3 g (45 mmol) 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine, 1.04 g (0.9 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 171 mg (0.4 mmol) Cul in 140 mL piperidine (exothermic reaction) and stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 12.8 g (99% of theory) C17H25NOSi (M= 287.481) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 1.6c 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Under a nitrogen atmosphere a solution of 12.8 g (44.5 mmol) 1-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 200 mL THE is combined with 15.5 g (49.0 mmol) TBAF and stirred for 3 h at RT. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue taken up in EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with saturated, aqueous NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the product is further reacted without any purification.
Yield: 9.6 g (100% of theory) C14H17NO (M= 215.298) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Boehringer Ingelheim 116 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.76 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2) 1.6d 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine A mixture of 9.6 g (44.6 mmol) 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine, 10.6 g (44.6 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine, 626 mg (0.9 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 170 mg (0.9 mmol) CuCI and 12.6 mL
diisopropylamine in 500 mL THE is heated for 3 h at 40 C under an argon atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with water and saturated, aqueous NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 8.9 g (54% of theory) C19H19BrN2O (M= 371.280) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 371/373 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 371/373 Rf value: 0.47 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 1.6e 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine A mixture of 2.97 g (8.0 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine, 2.50 g (16.0 mmol) 4-chloro-phenylboric acid, 462 mg (0.4 mmol) tetra kis-triphenyl phosphane-palladium and 8.0 mL of a 2M
aqueous Na2CO3 solution in 100 mL 1,4-dioxane is heated for 4 h at 100 C
under an argon atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is stirred with water/EtOAc (1 /1,v/v), suction filtered through a fibreglass filter, the organic phase is washed with saturated, aqueous NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1). The product fractions are evaporated down, the residue is triturated with diethyl ether, suction filtered and washed with diethyl ether.
Yield: 1.95 g (60% of theory) C25H23CIN2O (M= 402.928) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Rf value: 0.47 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 117 Case 1-1406 ff Example 1.7 5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine D F

The product is obtained analogously to Example 1.6e from 297 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine and 224 mg (1.6 mmol) 4-fluoro-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 37 mg (12% of theory) C25H23FN20 (M= 386.473) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 387 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 387 Rf value: 0.41 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Example 1.8 5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-ppyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Br The product is obtained analogously to Example 1.6e from 297 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine and 321 mg (1.6 mmol) 4-bromo-phenylboric acid. Purification is carried out using neutral Alox (Merck aluminium oxide 90 standardised, 63-200my; cyc/EtOAc 4:1).
The product thus obtained is recrystallised from EtOH.
Yield: 40 mg (11 % of theory) C25H23BrN2O (M= 447.379) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 447/449 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 447/449 Rf value: 0.45 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Example 1.9 Boehringer Ingelheim 118 Case 1-1406 if 2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-pyridine 0, CF, \ \ I

N
I

The product is obtained analogously to Example 1.6e from 297 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine and 329 mg (1.6 mmol) 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenylboric acid. Purification is carried out using neutral Alox (Merck aluminium oxide 90 standardised, 63-200my;
cyc/EtOAc 4:1). The product thus obtained is stirred with n-hexane and suction filtered.
Yield: 190 mg (53% of theory) C26H23F3N202 (M= 452.481) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 453 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 453 Rf value: 0.46 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Example 1.10 2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-pyridine N
O
The product is obtained analogously to Example 1.9 from 297 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine and 243 mg (1.6 mmol) 4-methoxy-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 115 mg (53% of theory) C26H26N202 (M= 398.509) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 399 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 399 Rf value: 0.30 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Example 1.11 Boehringer Ingelheim 119 Case 1-1406 ff 2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyridine N

The product is obtained analogously to Example 1.9 from 297 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine and 304 mg (1.6 mmol) 4-trifluoromethyl -phenylboric acid.
Yield: 150 mg (43% of theory) C26H23F3N20 (M= 436.481) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 437 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 437 Rf value: 0.45 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Example 2 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1 -ynyl]-pyridine Cl N
2a 1-(4-bromo-benzyl)-pyrrolidine A solution of 12.5 g (50 mmol) 4-bromobenzylbromide is slowly added dropwise to a solution of 4.52 mL (55 mmol) pyrrolidine and 10.3 mL (60 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in 100 mL THE and stirred overnight at RT. The precipitate is filtered off and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is obtained as a light-brown liquid which is further reacted without purification.
Yield: 9.0 g (75% of theory) C11 H14BrN (M= 240.145) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 241/243 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 241/243 Rf value: 0.74 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 120 Case 1-1406 if 2b 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-prop-2-yn-1-ol A mixture of 4.8 g (20.0 mmol) 1-(4-bromo-benzyl)-pyrrolidine, 1.75 mL (30.0 mmol) propargylalcohol, 2.31 g (2.0 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 381 mg (2.0 mmol) Cul and 7.07 mL diisopropylamine in 100 mL
acetonitrile is heated for 14 h at 60 C under an argon atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 1.55 g (36% of theory) C14H17NO (M= 215.298) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Rf value: 0.48 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 2c 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-propan-1-ol A solution of 1.65 g (7.66 mmol) 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-prop-2-yn-1-ol in 20 mL EtOH is combined with 200 mg 10% Pd/C and hydrogenated in the autoclave at RT and 30 psi H2 until the theoretical uptake of hydrogen is achieved. The catalyst is suction filtered, the filtrate concentrated by evaporation and the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 0.81 g (48% of theory) C1 41-121 NO (M= 219.330) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 220 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 220 Rf value: 0.2 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 2d 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-propionaldehyde 2.87 mL (35.56 mmol) pyridine and 2.11 g (4.98 mmol) Dess-Martin periodinane are added to a solution of 780 mg (3.56 mmol) 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-propan-l-ol in 30 mL DCM. The reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT, then added to 100 mL saturated, aqueous NaHCO3 solution, exhaustively extracted with tert-butylmethylether, the organic phase is washed with saturated, aqueous NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the Boehringer Ingelheim 121 Case 1-1406 ff desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the crude product is further reacted without purification.
Yield: 750 mg (97% of theory) 2e 1-(4-but-3-ynyl-benzyl)-pyrrolidine 815 mg (4.2 mmol) dimethyl (1-diazo-2-oxo-propyl)-phosphonate is added to a mixture of 760 mg (3.5 mmol) 3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-propionaldehyde and 970 mg (7.0 mmol) K2CO3 in 100 mL dry MeOH under an argon atmosphere and stirred overnight at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with diethyl ether, the organic phase is washed with saturated, aqueous NaHCO3 solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 200 mg (27% of theory) C15H19N (M= 213.325) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 214 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 214 Rf value: 0.74 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 2f 5-bromo-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine A mixture of 200 mg (0.94 mmol) 1-(4-but-3-ynyl-benzyl)-pyrrolidine, 222 mg (0.94 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine, 13.2 mg (0.02 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 3.6 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul and 0.27 mL
diisopropylamine in 10 mL THE is heated for 4 h at 40 C under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture is diluted with water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc , the organic phase is washed with saturated, aqueous NaCI
solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 110 mg (32% of theory) C20H21 BrN2 (M= 369.308) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 Rf value: 0.44 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Boehringer Ingelheim 122 Case 1-1406 if 2g 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynylJ-pyridine A mixture of 100 mg (0.27 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine, 85 mg (0.54 mmol) 4-chloro-phenylboric acid, 15.7 mg (0.014 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 0.28 mL of a 2 M aqueous Na2CO3 solution in 10 mL 1,4-dioxane is heated for 8 h at 100 C
under an argon atmosphere. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is taken up in water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified over neutral Alox (ICN Alumina N + 5% H2O; cyc/EtOAc 7:3). The product fractions are evaporated down, the residue is triturated with PE and suction filtered.
Yield: 12 mg (11 % of theory) C26H25CIN2 (M= 400.956) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Rf value: 0.41 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 7:3) Example 2.1 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-piperidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine ci 2.1a 3-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-propionaldehyde 10.5 mL (152.8 mmol) allylalcohol, 18.8 g (62.2 mmol) Tetrabutylammonium chloride monohydrate, 12.8 g (152.8 mmol) NaHCO3 and 0.75 g (3.1 mmol) Pd(OAc)2 is added to a solution of 15.0 g (62.2 mmol) 4-iodobenzylalcohol in 100 mL DMF at RT under an N2 atmosphere and the reaction solution is heated to 60 C for 3 h. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue combined with 250 mL EtOAc and 80 mL water and suction filtered through a fibreglass filter. 80 mL NaCl solution are added to the filtrate, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent Boehringer Ingelheim 123 Case 1-1406 if have been eliminated the residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: cyc/EtOAc 3:1 after cyc/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 7.43 g (72.7 % of theory) C1OH1202 (M= 164.206) Calc.: molpeak (M+H-H2O)+: 147 Found: molpeak (M+H-H2O)+: 147 HPLC retention time: 5.26 min (method A) 2.1 b (4-but-3-ynyl-phenyl)-methanol 8.5 g (61.5 mmol) K2CO3 are added to a solution of 5.0 g (30.4 mmol) 3-(4-hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-propionaldehyde in 100 mL MeOH and then a solution of 7.0 g (36.4 mmol) dimethyl (1-diazo-2-oxo-propyl)-phosphonate in 50 mL
MeOH is added dropwise and stirred for 3 h at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with 200 mL EtOAc, washed with 80 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution, the aqueous phase extracted with 100 mL EtOAc and the combined organic phases are dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 3:1).
Yield: 3.42 g (70.1 % of theory) C11 H120 (M= 160.218) Calc.: molpeak (M+H-H2O)+: 143 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: (M+H-H2O)+:

Rf value: 0.36 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 2.1c (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-phenyl)-methanol Under a nitrogen atmosphere 76 mg (0.4 mmol) Cul and 281 mg (0.4 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 are added to a solution of 1.27 g (7.92 mmol) (4-but-3-ynyl-phenyl)-methanol and 2.5 g (7.92 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine in 40 mL triethylamine and 20 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at 65 C. The solvent is eliminated in vacuo, the residue is dissolved in a little EtOAc and MeOH and purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient:
cyc/EtOAc 3:1 to cyc/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 1.48 g (53.6 % of theory) C22H18 LINO (M= 347.848) Boehringer Ingelheim 124 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 348/350 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 348/350 Rf value: 0.23 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 2.1d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-piperidin-l-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine 20 pL (0.26 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride and 45 pL (0.26 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 75 mg (0.22 mmol) 4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-phenyl)-methanol in mL DCM and stirred at this temperature for 30 min. Then 108 pL (1.09 mmol) piperidine are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 72 h at RT. The reaction solution is evaporated down i.vac. and the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 9.3 mg (53.6 % of theory) C27H27 CIN2 (M= 414.983) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 HPLC retention time: 7.62 min (method A) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 2.1d:
CI
R

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention time formula spectrum in min (method) 2.2 DN 19.3 C25H23CIN2 387/389 7.04 (A) [M+H]+
2.3 24.4 C31H34CIN3 484/486 5.96 (A) ON \
N [M+H]

Boehringer Ingelheim 125 Case 1-1406 if 2.4"3 13.1 C25H25CIN20 405/407 6.95 (A) H~Oi~/N y [M+H]+
2.5 cH, 22.4 C29H26CIN3 452/454 7.71 (A) [M+H] +

2.6 H,G, N 11.4 C27H28CIN3 430/432 6.87 (A) [M+H] +

2.7 25.9 C31H27CIN2 463/465 8.26 (A) N
[M+H]+
2.8 24.7 C27H27CIN2 415/417 7.53 (A) [M+H]+

2.9 H 28.1 C28H24CIN3 438/440 7.47 (A) N
N [M+H]+
2.10 , 15.7 C29H32CIN3 458/460 5.82 (A) N,`
H c'N [M+H]+

2.11 19.7 C28H29CIN20 445/447 7.81 (A) N
\ 0 ` = [M+H]+

2.12 10.1 C28H29CIN20 445/447 7.83 (A) N
\0 [M+H] +

2.13 040 21.4 C31H34CIN302 516/518 8.18 (A) HNN [M+H]+
2.14 25.1 C28H27CIN202 459/461 7.56 (A) N
0 [M+H]

2.15 23.8 C28H29CIN2 429/431 8.18 (A) [M+H]+

Boehringer Ingelheim 126 Case 1-1406 if Example 2.16 tert-butyl 4-[(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-piperidin-1-carboxylate N
N

0yNV,~
O
Prepared analogously to Example 2.1d from 75 mg (0.22 mmol) 4-{4-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-phenyl)-methanol and 20 pL (1.09 mmol) 4 tert-butyl-methylamino-piperidin-1-carboxylate, stirring for 7 days at RT. To complete the reaction the reaction sequence described is repeated again using the same amount of reagents and after 24 h reaction the mixture is worked up.
Yield: 8.5 mg (7.2 % of theory) C331-138 CIN302 (M= 544.143) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 544/546 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 544/546 HPLC retention time: 8.46 min (method A) Example 2.17 (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-piperidin-yl-amine CI
/N
H~ JY
N

0.5 mL trifluoroacetic acid are added to a solution of 35 mg (0.06 mmol) tert-butyl4-[(4-{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl )-methyl-amino]-piperidin-1-carboxylate in 3 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 10 mL NaHCO3 solution, extracted with 20 mL DCM and the Boehringer Ingelheim 127 Case 1-1406 if organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 8.0 mg (28.2 % of theory) C28H30 CIN3 (M= 444.024) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 444/446 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 444/446 HPLC retention time: 5.83 min (method A) Example 2.18 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl )-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine CI
I
N

N

Prepared analogously to Example 2.17 from 17 mg (0.03 mmol) tert-butyl [1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyrrol id i n-3-yl]-carbaminate (Example 2.13).
Yield: 12.0 mg (87.4 % of theory) C26H26 CIN3 (M= 415.970) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 HPLC retention time: 5.83 min (method A) Example 2.19 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyrrol id i n e-2-carboxylic acid CI
N
H
O
O

0.5 mL 1 M NaOH solution are added to a solution of 33 mg (0.07 mmol) methyl 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-Boehringer Ingelheim 128 Case 1-1406 ff pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (Example 2.14) in 5 mL MeOH and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 hat RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., combined with 5 mL water, extracted with 10 mL EtOAc and the aqueous phase is saturated with NaCl, during which time the product is precipitated.
It is evaporated down again i. vac., the residue is combined with EtOH, filtered and the solvent is eliminated.
Yield: 30.0 mg (93.6 % of theory) C27H25 CIN202 (M= 444.966) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 HPLC retention time: 7.28 min (method A) Example 2.20 5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1 -ynyl]-pyridine N

N

2.20a {4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-phenyl}-methanol Under an N2 atmosphere 130 mg (0.67 mmol) Cul and 300 mg (0.42 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 are added to a solution of 2.0 g (12.48 mmol) (4-but-3-ynyl-phenyl)-methanol and 3.2 g (13.1 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine in 80 mL
triethylamine and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 In at 50 C. The solvent is eliminated in vacuo, the residue dissolved in a little DCM and purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: cyc/EtOAc 4:1 to cyc/EtOAc 3:1).
Yield: 2.76 g (66.6 % of theory) C16H14 BrNO (M= 316.20) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 316/318 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 316/318 Rf value: 0.28 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 2.20b 5-bromo-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-l-ynyl]-pyridine 0.24 mL (3.04 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 800 mg (2.53 mmol) {4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yi)-but-3-ynyl]-Boehringer Ingelheim 129 Case 1-1406 if phenyl}-methanol in 17 mL DCM and then a solution of 0.52 mL
ethyldiisopropylamine in 3 mL DCM is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred for a further 30 min at 0 C, 0.51 mL (6.08 mmol) pyrrolidine is added, the reaction mixture is heated to RT and kept at this temperature for 5 h. To complete the reaction another 0.26 mL (3 mmol) pyrrolidine are added and stirred for 1 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., combined with mL water and 20 ml EtOAc, acidified with 1 M HCI and the organic phase is separated off. The aqueous phase is made alkaline with 2 M Na2CO3 solution, extracted with 20 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 630.0 mg (67.4 % of theory) C20H21 BrN2 (M= 369.308) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 HPLC retention time: 6.08 min (method A) 2.20c 5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine 10 mg (0.01 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a suspension of 60 mg (0.16 mmol) 5-bromo-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine and 63 mg (0.32 mmol) 2,4-dichlorophenylboric acid in 4 mL 1,4-dioxane and 1 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at 110 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac.
and the residue is extracted twice with in each case 15 mL EtOH. The solvent is removed and the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 22.7 mg (32.2 % of theory) C26H24 CI2N2 (M= 435.401) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 435/437/439 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 5.53 min (method C) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 2.20c:

Boehringer Ingelheim 130 Case 1-1406 if R
I ~\JJY
N

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention formula spectrum time in min (method) 2.21 13.0 C26H25BrN2 445/447 5.53 (C) [M+H]+
2.22 0 41.4 C27H28N20 397 3.39 (C) [M+H]+
2.23 30.8 C26H24C12N2 435/437/43 3.70 (A) ci 9 [M+H] +
2.24 21.8 C261-1241721\12 403 7.21 (A) aF [M+H]+
2.25 7.5 C28H30N2O 411 7.30 (A) [M+H]+
Example 2.26 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine N
I
N

Prepared analogously to Example 2.20c, after the reaction has ended the reaction mixture is combined with 10 mL water and 20 mL EtOAc, filtered through a fibreglass filter, the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is removed and the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 17.4 mg (23.1 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 131 Case 1-1406 if C27H28N202 (M= 396.537) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 397 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 397 HPLC retention time: 8.15 min (method A) Example 2.27 4-(4-{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-morpholine I J

2.27a 4-{4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-benzyl}-morpholine 36 pL (0.46 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 120 mg (0.38 mmol) {4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-phenyl}-methanol (Example 2.20a) in 5 mL DCM. A solution of 78 pL (0.46 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in 1 mL DCM is slowly added dropwise, the mixture is stirred for a further 30 min at 0 C, then 80 pL (0.92 mmol) of morpholine are added, the mixture is allowed to come up to RT and kept at RT for 2 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 20 mL EtOAc and 10 mL water, acidified with 1 M HCI and the phases are separated. The aqueous phase is combined with 2 M Na2CO3 solution, extracted with 20 mL EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the product is obtained.
Yield: 146 mg (100 % of theory) C20H21 BrN2O (M= 385.307) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 385/387 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 385/387 HPLC retention time: 5.92 min (method A) 2.27b 4-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-morpholine Prepared analogously to Example 2.20c from 90 mg (0.23 mmol) 4-{4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-benzyl}-morpholine and 73 mg (0.47 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl boric acid.
Yield: 17.5 mg (17.9 % of theory) C26H25CIN20 (M= 416.955) Boehringer Ingelheim 132 Case 1-1406 if Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 HPLC retention time: 7.51 min (method A) Example 2.28 (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine ci H
~N

2.28a (4-{4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine 36 pL (0.46 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 120 mg (0.38 mmol) {4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-phenyl}-methanol (Example 2.20a) in 5 mL DCM. A solution of 78 pL (0.46 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in I mL DCM is slowly added dropwise, stirred for a further 30 min at 0 C, then 70 pL (0.92 mmol) C-cyclopropyl-methylamine are added, the reaction mixture is allowed to come up to RT and kept at RT for 21 h. To complete the reaction another 78 pL C-cyclopropyl-methylamine are added and stirred for another 5.5 h at RT. The reaction mixture is evaporated down i.vac. and the residue purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: cyc/EtOAc 2:1 to cyc/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 70.0 mg (49.9 % of theory) C20H21 BrN2 (M= 369.308) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 369/371 HPLC retention time: 6.55 min (method A) 2.28b (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine Prepared analogously to Example 2.20c from 65 mg (0.18 mmol) (4-{4-[4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-but-3-ynyl]-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine and 55 mg (0.35 mmol) ) 4-chloro-phenylboric acid.
Yield: 15.4 mg (21.8 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 133 Case 1-1406 if C26H25CIN2 (M= 400.956) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 HPLC retention time: 7.63 min (method A) Example 2.29 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1 -ynyl]-pyridazine CI

N/N
ON

2.29a 3-chloro-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridazine Under an argon atmosphere a solution of 1.08 g (7.05 mmol) 3,6-dichloro-pyridazin, 10 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 80 mg (0.14 mmol) chlorine(di-2-norbornylphosphino)(2'-dimethylamino-1-1 '-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(I I) in 150 mL 1,4-dioxane is heated to 110 C. At this temperature a solution of 1.13 g (7.05 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 50 mL 1,4-dioxane is added dropwise within 2 h and the reaction mixture is heated for another hour. After cooling it is combined with 100 mL water, extracted with 100 mL EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 8:2).
Yield: 567 mg (35.7 % of theory) Ci0H6C12N2 (M= 225.079) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 225/227 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 225/227 Rf value: 0.29 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 8:2) 2.29b 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-l -ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridazin Under an argon atmosphere 0.1 mL (0.72 mmol) triethylamine, 3 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul and 8 mg (0.01 mmol) bis-triphenylphosphane-palladium(Il)-chloride are added to a solution of 77 mg (0.34 mmol) 3-chloro-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridazine and 73 mg (0.34 mmol) 1-(4-but-3-ynyl-benzyl)-pyrrolidine Boehringer Ingelheim 134 Case 1-1406 if (Example 2e) in 4 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 20 min at 100 C and at 300 W in the microwave. The reaction mixture is combined with mL water, extracted with 10 mL EtOAc and the organic phase is washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 6 mg (4.4 % of theory) C25H24BrN3 (M= 401.943) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 402/404 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 402/404 Rf value: 0.66 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Example 2.30 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolid in-l-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-l-ynyl]-nicotinonitrile N
j N
ON

Under an argon atmosphere 1.9 mg (0.1 mmol) Cul and 7 mg (0.1 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 are added to a solution of 50 mg (0.2 mmol) 2-chloro-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-nicotinonitrile and 43 mg (0.2 mmol) 1-(4-but-3-ynyl-benzyl)-pyrrolidine in 2 mL DMF and 5 mL (20 mmol) triethylamine and the reaction mixture is stirred for 18 h at 50 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 6.5 mg (7.6 % of theory) C27H24BrN3 (M= 425.965) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 425 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 425 HPLC retention time: 6.80 min (method A) Boehringer Ingelheim 135 Case 1-1406 ff Example 3.1:
5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine C
CI

3.1a 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine 300 mL (600 mmol) of a 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 3.45 g (3.0 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyiphosphane-palladium are added successively to a solution of 53.5 g (300 mmol) 2-amino-5-bromopyridine and 50.0 g (313 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl boric acid in 1.0 L 1,4-dioxane and 250 mL methanol under argon. The reaction mixture is stirred for 2.5 h at 110 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is taken up in EtOAc and water. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient:
DCM to DCM/MeOH 20:1).
Yield: 47 g (76.5 % of theory) C11 H9CIN2 (M= 204.661) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 205/207 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 205/207 HPLC retention time: 5.15 min (method A) 3.1 b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine 40.5 mL (33 mmol) tert-butylnitrite and 54 g (210 mmol) iodine are added to a solution of 38 g (190 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylamine in 400 mL
carbon tetrachloride in a flask protected from light and the mixture is stirred for 72 hat RT. A further 40.5 mL (33 mmol) tert-butylnitrite, 54 g (210 mmol) iodine and 100 mL DCM are added. The reaction solution is stirred for a further 24 h at RT. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue taken up in Boehringer Ingelheim 136 Case 1-1406 if 125 mL EtOAc and 50 mL water. The aqueous phase is extracted once with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and stirred for one night over activated charcoal. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 9:1).
Yield: 35 g (58.4 % of theory) C11 H7CIIN (M= 315.543) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 316/318 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 316/318 Rf value: 0.87 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 6:4) 3.1 c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridine 34.9 mL (250 mmol) triethylamine and 20.8 mL (150.0 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane are added successively to a solution of 34 g (110 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine in 300 mL acetonitrile and 150 mL THE under an argon atmosphere. Then 803 mg (1.10 mmol) Pd(dppf)C12 and 209 mg (1.10 mmol) Cul are added. The reaction solution is stirred overnight at RT.
The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 8:2).
Yield: 15.3 g (48.7 % of theory) C16H16CINSi (M= 285.852) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 286/288 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 286/288 HPLC retention time: 7.10 min (method A) 3.1d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine Under an argon atmosphere 6.6 g (21.0 mmol) TBAF are added to a solution of 5.8 g (20.3 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridine in 200 mL DCM at 0 C. The reaction solution is stirred for 3 h, while the reaction temperature slowly rises to RT. It is added to 50 mL water and the organic phase is extracted four times with 50 mL water, dried over MgSO4 and filtered over activated charcoal. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further Boehringer Ingelheim 137 Case 1-1406 if purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 3.9 g (90.0 % of theory) C13H8CIN (M= 213.668) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 214/216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 214/216 Rf value: 0.87 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 8:2) 3.1 e 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine 415 mg (3.00 mmol) K2CO3 and 170 mg (1.00 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride is added to a solution of 207 mg (1.00 mmol) 4-bromo-2-chloro-phenol in 5 mL DMF and the mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT.
The reaction mixture is diluted with 50 mL EtOAc, extracted once with 30 mL
water and twice with 30 mL semisaturated NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient:
DCM to DCM/MeOH 9:1).
Yield: 100 mg (32.8 % of theory) C12H15BrCINO (M= 304.616) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 304/306/308 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 5.59 min (method A) 3.1f 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Under an argon atmosphere 0.14 mL (1.00 mmol) triethylamine, 11 mg (0.02 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 and 2.9 mg (0.015 mmol) Cul are added successively to a solution of 71 mg (0.33 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine and 100 mg (0.33 mmol) 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 3.0 mL DMF. The mixture is stirred for 10 min at 100 C and at 200 Watt in the microwave. The reaction solution is diluted with 30 mL EtOAc, washed twice with semisaturated NaCl solution and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4.

Boehringer Ingelheim 138 Case 1-1406 if The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography with HPLC-MS.
Yield: 12 mg (8.3 % of theory) C25H22C12N2O (M= 437.373) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 437/439/441 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.28 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) Example 3.2 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3, 5-dimethyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N
ON~\

3.2a 1-[2-(4-bromo-2,6-dimethyl -phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e from 201 mg (1.00 mmol) 4-bromo-2,6-dimethyl-phenol and 170 mg (1.00 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl )-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 200 mg (67.1 % of theory) C14H2OBrNO (M= 298.226) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 HPLC retention time: 5.76 min (method A) 3.2b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3,5-dimethyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1f from 200 mg (0.67 mmol) 1-[2-(4-bromo-2,6-dimethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and 143 mg (0.67 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine.
Yield: 5 mg (1.7 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 139 Case 1-1406 if C27H27CIN20 (M= 430.982) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Rf value: 0.29 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) Example 3.3 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI
F N

3.3a 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-fluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 0.57 mL (5.24 mmol) 4-bromo-2-fluoro-phenol and 1.02 g (6.00 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.16 g (76.6 % of theory) C12H15BrFNO (M= 288.162) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 288/290 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 288/290 Rf value: 0.21 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH 9:1).

3.3b 1-[2-(2-fluoro-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-fluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (1.10 g, 3.82 mmol).
Yield: 1.13 g (88.3 % of theory) C12H15FINO (M= 335.162) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 336 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 336 HPLC retention time: 4.79 min (method A) 3.3c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 140 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(2-fluoro-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (300 mg, 0.90 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (201 mg, 0.94 mmol).
Yield: 150 mg (39.8 % of theory) C25H22CIFIN20 (M= 420.918) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 421/423 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 421/423 HPLC retention time: 7.18 min (method A) Example 3.4 methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate c o' 3.4a methyl 5- iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-benzoate The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1.e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 10.0 g (36.0 mmol) methyl 5-iodo-salicylate and 6.12 g (36.0 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 12.0 g (88.8 % of theory) C14H181NO3 (M= 375.209) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 376 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 376 Rf value: 0.40 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.4b methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate Prepared according to general working method I from methyl 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate (3.0 g, 8.0 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (1.76 g, 8.24 mmol).
Yield: 1.02 g (26.9 % of theory) C27H25CIN203 (M= 460.965) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 461/463 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 461/463 Boehringer Ingelheim 141 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 7.49 min (method A) Example 3.5 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI

3.5a 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 6.0 g (29.6 mmol) 4-bromo-2-methoxy-phenol and 5.63 g (33.1 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 3.96 g (44.6 % of theory) C13H18BrNO2 (M= 300.198) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 300/302 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 300/302 HPLC retention time: 4.67 min (method A) 3.5b 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method 11 from 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (3.90 g, 13.0 mmol).
Yield: 4.19 g (92.9 % of theory) C13H1$1N02 (M= 347.198) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 348 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 348 HPLC retention time: 4.65 min (method A) 3.5c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (300 mg, 0.86 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (194 mg, 0.91 mmol).
Yield: 106 mg (28.3 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 142 Case 1-1406 if C26H25CIN202 (M= 432.954) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 433/435 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 433/435 HPLC retention time: 7.44 min (method A) Example 3.6 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-3-trifluoromethoxy-phenylethynyl]-pyrid ine F\ F
i N

3.6a 4-bromo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenol 1.55 mL (30.3 mmol) bromine in 50 mL DCM is added dropwise to a solution of 5.0 g (28.1 mmol) 2-trifluoromethoxy-phenol in 70 mL DCM at -78 C. The reaction solution is heated to RT and stirred for a further 48 h. Then 70 mL
Na2SO3 solution are added and the mixture is stirred until the orange colour has disappeared. The solution is diluted with DCM, the organic phase is washed with NaCl solution, dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: PE to PE:EtOAc 4:1).
Yield: 5.36 g (74.3 % of theory) C7H4BrF3O2 (M= 257.008) Caic.: molpeak (M-H) 255/257 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 255/257 HPLC retention time: 8.18 min (method A) 3.6b 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 2.0 g (7.78 mmol) 4-bromo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenol and 1.53 g (33.1 mmol) N-(2-chIoroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 0.49 g (17.8 % of theory) C13H15 BrF3NO2 (M= 354.169) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 354/356 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 354/356 Boehringer Ingelheim 143 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 5.82 min (method A) 3.6c 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (476 mg, 1.34 mmol).
Yield: 540 mg (100.0 % of theory) C131-115 F31NO2 (M= 401.170) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 402 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 402 HPLC retention time: 6.07 min (method A) 3.6d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-3-trifluoromethoxy-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (250 mg, 0.62 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (140 mg, 0.65 mmol).
Yield: 116 mg (38.5 % of theory) C26H22CIF3N2O2 (M= 486.926) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 487/489 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 487/489 HPLC retention time: 8.09 min (method A) Example 3.7 2-[3-bromo-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine Br N

3.7a 2-bromo-4-iodo-phenol 1.55 mL (30.3 mmol) bromine in 15 mL EtOAc is added dropwise to a solution of 4.0 g (18.2 mmol) 4-iodo-phenol in 35 mL EtOAc at RT. The reaction solution is stirred for 2 h at RT. Then 75 mL Na2SO3 solution is added and stirred until the orange colour has disappeared. The solution is diluted with Boehringer Ingelheim 144 Case 1-1406 if DCM, the organic phase washed with NaCl solution, dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. A 3.4:1.4:1.0 mixture of 2-bromo-4-iodo-phenol : 2,4-dibromo-phenol : 4-bromo-phenol is obtained, which is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield of 2-bromo-4-iodo-phenol: 2.60 g (47.9 % of theory) C6H4BrIO (M= 298.907) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)": 297/299 Found: molpeak (M-H) 297/299 Rf value: 0.40 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH 9:1) 3.7b 1-[2-(2-bromo-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 e from 1.0 g (1.15 mmol, 59%) 2-bromo-4-iodo-phenol and 626 mg (3.68 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride. A 4.7:1.0:1.0 mixture of 1-[2-(2-bromo-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine : 1-[2-(2,4-dibromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine :

[2-(2-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine is obtained, which is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield 1-[2-(2-bromo-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine: 0.37 g (47.7 % of theory) C12H15 BrINO (M= 396.068) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 397/399 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 397/399 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH 9:1) 3.7c 2-[3-bromo-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(2-bromo-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (278 mg, 0.34 mmol, 70%) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (110 mg, 0.52 mmol).
Yield: 152 mg (64.3 % of theory) C25H22BrCIN2O (M= 481.824) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 481/483/485 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 145 Case 1-1406 ff Example 3.8 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-3-trifluoromethyl-phenylethynyl]-pyrid ine cI
~I

N T ~N~/gyp I ~

3.8a 4-bromo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenol A solution of 3.0 g (11.8 mmol) 4-bromo-1-methoxy-2-trifluoromethyl-benzene in 20 mL 1 M HBr in glacial acetic acid is stirred for 60 h at 90 C. The reaction solution is diluted with 300 mL water, adjusted to pH 7 with K2CO3. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc , the combined organic extracts are with washed 40 mL quarter-saturated NaHCO3 solution and dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the product is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield: 1.20 g (42.3 % of theory) C7H4BrF3O (M= 241.009) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 239/241 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 239/241 HPLC retention time: 8.37 min (method A) 3.8b 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e from 1.20 g (4.98 mmol) 4-bromo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenol and 850 mg (5.00 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 400 mg (23.8 % of theory) C13H15Br F3NO (M= 338.170) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 338/340 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 338/340 HPLC retention time: 5.91 min (method A) 3.8c 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (400 mg, 1.18 mmol).

Boehringer Ingelheim 146 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 350 mg (76.8 % of theory) C13H15 F3INO (M= 385.170) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 386 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 386 HPLC retention time: 6.01 min (method A) 3.8d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-3-trifluoromethyl-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (180 mg, 0.47 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (83 mg, 0.39 mmol).
Yield: 35 mg (19.1 % of theory) C26H22CI F3N20 (M= 470.926) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 471/473 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 471/473 HPLC retention time: 8.23 min (method A) Example 3.9 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI
j N

CN~~

3.9a 1-[2-(4-bromo-3-methyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 a (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 1.0 g (5.35 mmol) 4-bromo-3-methyl-phenol and 909 mg (5.35 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.20 g (79.0 % of theory) C13H18BrNO (M= 284.199) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 HPLC retention time: 3.64 min (method B) Boehringer Ingelheim 147 Case 1-1406 if 3.9b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine 0.13 mL (1.00 mmol) triethylamine, 22 mg (0.02 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 3.7 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul are added successively to a solution of 80 mg (0.37 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine and 106 mg (0.37 mmol) 1-[2-(4-bromo-3-methyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 3.0 mL DMF in an argon atmosphere. The mixture is stirred for 15 min at 100 C and at 200 Watt in the microwave. The reaction solution is diluted with 30 mL EtOAc, washed with semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is triturated with tert-butylmethylether. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purified by HPLC-MS.
Yield: 5.0 mg (3.2 % of theory) C26H25CIN20 (M= 416.955) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Rf value: 0.38 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.10 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine cI
N

N
CI

3.10a 1-[2-(4-bromo-3-chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 820 mg (4.82 mmol) 4-bromo-3-chloro-phenol and 1.0 g (4.82 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.20 g (81.7 % of theory) C12H15BrCINO (M= 304.616) Boehringer Ingelheim 148 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 304/306/308 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 3.69 min (method B) 3.10b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Under an argon atmosphere 0.13 mL (1.00 mmol) triethylamine, 22 mg (0.02 mmol) tetra kis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 3.7 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul are added successively to a solution of 80 mg (0.37 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine and 114 mg (0.37 mmol) 1-[2-(4-bromo-3-chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 3.0 mL DMF. The mixture is stirred for 15 min at 100 C
and at 200 W in the microwave. The reaction solution is diluted with 40 mL
EtOAc, washed twice with semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is triturated with tert-butylmethylether. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography with HPLC-MS.
Yield: 12.0 mg (7.3 % of theory) C251-122C121\120 (M= 437.373) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 437/439/441 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 4.91 min (method B) Example 3.11 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N/~/Q ~ / N
G I, 3.11a 1-[2-(3-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Boehringer Ingelheim 149 Case 1-1406 if The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 a (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 1.06 g (4.82 mmol) 3-iodo-phenol and 820 mg (4.82 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.20 g (78.5 % of theory) C12H161NO (M= 317.172) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 HPLC retention time: 5.01 min (method A) 3.11b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(2-pyrroiidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(3-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (119 mg, 0.37 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (80 mg, 0.37 mmol).
Yield: 14 mg (9.3 % of theory) C25H23CIN20 (M= 402.928) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 HPLC retention time: 4.07 min (method A) Example 3.12 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(3-pyrroiidin-1-yl-propoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine \ ~ I

I N%

3.12a 1-[3-(3-iodo-phenoxy)-propyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 2.7 g (12.2 mmol) 3-iodo-phenol and 1.80 mg (12.2 mmol) N-(3-chloropropyl)-pyrrolidine.
Yield: 3.60 g (89.2 % of theory) C13H181NO (M= 331.199) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 Boehringer Ingelheim 150 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 5.42 min (method A) 3.12b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[3-(3-iodo-phenoxy)-propyl]-pyrrolidine (124 mg, 0.37 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (80 mg, 0.37 mmol).
Yield: 54 mg (34.6 % of theory) C26H25CIN20 (M= 416.955) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 HPLC retention time: 4.99 min (method B) Example 3.13 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-nitro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N N

ON-'-"--O

3.13a 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-nitro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example Me (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 10.5 g (48.2 mmol) 4-bromo-3-nitro-phenol and 8.2 mg (48.2 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.0 g (6.6 % of theory) C12H15BrN2O3 (M= 315.17) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 315/317 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 315/317 Rf value: 0.30 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.13b 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-nitro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method 11 from 1-[2-(4-bromo-2-nitro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (1.0 g, 2.22 mmol).

Boehringer Ingelheim 151 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 600 mg (74.6 % of theory) C12H15 I N203 (M= 362.17) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 363 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 363 Rf value: 0.35 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.13c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-nitro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyrid ine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-2-nitro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (600 mg, 1.66 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (363 mg, 1.70 mmol).
Yield: 100 mg (13.1 % of theory) C25H22CIN3 03 (M= 447.93) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 448/450 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 448/450 Rf value: 0.35 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.14 methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate cI
IN

0 ~

3.14a 2-hydroxy-5-iodo-3-methyl-benzoic acid 14.9 mL (24.1 mmol) sodium hypochlorite solution (10 percent by weight in water) is added dropwise to a solution of 4.0 g (24.1 mmol) methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methyl-benzoate, 3.6 g (24.1 mmol) Nal, 0.96 g (24.1 mmol) NaOH in 100 mL MeOH at -5 C over 40 min. The reaction is stirred for 30 min at -5 C and 5 days at RT. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is taken up in 80 mL water and 50 mL DCM. After the organic phase has been saturated with NaCl it is extracted twice with DCM. The combined organic extracts are Boehringer Ingelheim 152 Case 1-1406 if filtered and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield: 7.25 g (108 % of theory) C8H71O3 (M= 278.048) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 279 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 279 HPLC retention time: 8.41 min (method A) 3.14b methyl 2-hydroxy-5-iodo-3-methyl-benzoate A solution of 2.0 g (7.19 mmol) 2-hydroxy-5-iodo-3-methyl-benzoic acid in 5.0 mL thionyl chloride (69.0 mmol) is stirred for 20 min at 80 C. Thionyl chloride is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is combined with 20 mL MeOH and stirred for 20 min at RT. The product is precipitated out of the reaction. MeOH is eliminated i.vac. down to 5 mL and the residue is suction filtered. The product is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield: 1.14 g (54.3 % of theory) C9H91O3 (M= 292.075) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 291 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 291 Rf value: 0.96 (silica gel, EtOAc) 3.14c methyl 5-iodo-3-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 a from 1.1 g (3.77 mmol) methyl 2-hydroxy-5-iodo-3-methyl-benzoate and 641 mg (3.77 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride.
Yield: 347 mg (23.7 % of theory) C15H20IN03 (M= 389.236) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 390 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 390 HPLC retention time: 6.20 min (method A) 3.14d methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate Prepared according to general working method I from methyl 5-iodo-3-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (112 mg, 0.53 mmol).

Boehringer ingeiheim 153 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 31 mg (17.1 % of theory) C28H27CIN203 (M= 474.992) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 475/477 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 475/477 HPLC retention time: 8.11 min (method A) Example 3.15 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridin-5-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine N
C
N~\
O N

3.15a 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridine 280 mg (7.00 mmol, 60%) NaH are added to a solution of 0.76 mL (6.14 mmol) N-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidine in 20 mL DMF at RT. The reaction solution is stirred for 45 min at RT and then 1.35 g (5,53 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine are added. The solution is stirred for 16 h at 70 C and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is taken up in 100 mL EtOAc and 50 mL water and the organic phase is extracted with 40 mL saturated NaCl solution. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: cyc/EtOAc 1:1 to EtOAc).
Yield: 926 mg (61.8 % of theory) C11 H15BrN2O (M= 271.159) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 271/273 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 271/273 Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 3.15b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridin-5-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridine (90 mg, 0.33 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (80 mg, 0.37 mmol).

Boehringer Ingelheim 154 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 19 mg (13.8 % of theory) C24H22CIN30 (M= 403.915) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Rf value: 0.38 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.16 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyrimidine CI
N

NN

3.16a 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyrimidine 50 mg (1.15 mmol, 60%) NaH are added to a solution of 0.17 mL (1.38 mmol) N-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidine in 10 mL THE at RT. The reaction solution is stirred for 15 min at RT and then 200 mg (1.03 mmol) 5-bromo-2-chloropyrimidine are added. The solution is stirred for 16 h at RT. 10 mL
water are added and the aqueous phase is extracted with 20 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 200 mg (71.1 % of theory) C10H14BrN3O (M= 272.147) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Rf value: 0.47 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.16b 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-pyrimidine Under an argon atmosphere 0.11 mL (0.79 mmol) triethylamine, 7 mg (0.01 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 1.3 mg (0.01 mmol) Cul are added successively to a solution of 56 mg (0.26 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-Boehringer Ingelheim 155 Case 1-1406 if ethynyl-pyridine and 71 mg (0.26 mmol) 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyrimidine in 3.0 mL DMF. The mixture is stirred for 20 min at 100 C and at 300 Watt in the microwave. The reaction solution is diluted with 10 mL water and the aqueous phase is extracted with 20 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is extracted with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography with HPLC-MS.
Yield: 7 mg (6.6 % of theory) C23H21 CIN40 (M= 404.903) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 Rf value: 0.39 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.17 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-6-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridazine CI
N

ON
N N

3.17a 3-chloro-6-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridazine 175 mg (4.01 mmol, 55%) NaH are added to a solution of 0.50 mL (4.04 mmol) N-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidine in 50 mL THE at 0 C. The reaction solution is stirred for 60 min and heated to RT. 500 mg (3.26 mmol) 3,6-dichloro-pyridazine are added. The solution is stirred for 5 h at RT. 50 mL
water are added and the aqueous phase is extracted with 100 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is extracted once with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: EtOAc to EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 652 mg (87.9 % of theory) C 1 0H 14CIN30 (M= 227.696) Boehringer Ingelheim 156 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 228/230 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 228/230 Rf value: 0.45 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.17b 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-6-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridazine Under an argon atmosphere 0.11 mL (0.79 mmol) triethylamine, 4 mg (0.01 mmol) chlorine(di-2-norbornylphosphino)(2'-dimethylamino-1-1 '-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(Il) and 1.2 mg (0.01 mmol) Cul are added successively to a solution of 57 mg (0.27 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine and 61 mg (0.26 mmol) 3-chloro-6-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridazine in 3.0 mL
DMF. The mixture is stirred for 20 min at 100 C and 300 Watt in the microwave. The reaction solution is diluted with 10 mL water and the aqueous phase is extracted with 20 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is extracted with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography with HPLC-MS.
Yield: 3 mg (2.9 % of theory) C23H21 CIN40 (M= 404.903) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 405/407 HPLC retention time: 6.39 min (method A) Example 3.18 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(1-ethyl-piperidin-3-yloxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine I

N
O

3.18a 3-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-1-ethyl-piperidine 652 mg (2.00 mmol) caesium carbonate, 36 mg (0.20 mmol) 1,10-phenanthroline and 19 mg (0.10 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 289 mg (1.00 mmol) 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene and 0.27 mL (2.00 mmol) N-ethyl-3-Boehringer Ingelheim 157 Case 1-1406 if hydroxypiperidine in 1.0 mL toluene. The reaction mixture is stirred for 36 h at 110 C and then combined with 10 mL water and 10 mL EtOAc. After filtration the aqueous phase is extracted with 10 mL EtOAc and the combined organic extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4.
The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc).
Yield: 100 mg (35.2 % of theory) C1 3H18BrNO (M= 284.199) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc) 3.18b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(1-ethyl-piperidin-3-yloxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 3-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-1-ethyl-piperidine (90 mg, 0.32 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (68 mg, 0.32 mmol).
Yield: 24 mg (18.1 % of theory) C26H25CIN20 (M= 416.955) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Rf value: 0.69 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.19 (S)-3-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane NJ
3.19a (S)-3-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane Boehringer Ingelheim 158 Case 1-1406 ff The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.18a from 577 mg (2.00 mmol) 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene and 254 mg (2.00 mmol) (S)-(+)-3-hydroxyquinuclidine.
Yield: 170 mg (30.1 % of theory) C13H16BrNO (M= 282.183) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 282/284 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 282/284 Rf value: 0.28 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.19b (S)-3-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane Prepared according to general working method I from (S)-3-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane (170 mg, 0.62 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (100 mg, 0.47 mmol).
Yield: 3.4 mg (1.8 % of theory) C26H23CIN20 (M= 414.939) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Rf value: 0.11 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.20 (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrid in-4-yl-amine H \

3.20a tert-butyl pyridin-4-yl-[2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-ethyl]-carbaminate 309 mg (7.72 mmol, 60%) NaH is added to a solution of 1.50 g (7.72 mmol) tert-butyl pyridin-4-yl-carbaminate in 80 mL DMF at 0 C. The reaction is stirred for 1 h and at the same time heated to RT. 2.09 g (10.00 mmol) 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyrane in 20 mL DMF is added within 10 min.

Boehringer Ingelheim 159 Case 1-1406 ff The reaction mixture is stirred for 16 h at RT and combined with 50 mL water and 100 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 7:3).
Yield: 1.08 g (43.4 % of theory) C17H26BrN204 (M= 322.408) Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/cyc 8:2) 3.20b 2-(pyridin-4-ylamino)-ethanol Trifluoroacetic acid is added to a solution of 1.08 g (3.35 mmol) tert-butyl pyridin-4-yl-[2-(tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-ethyl]-carbaminate in DCM at 0 C, heated to RT and stirred for 16 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0 C and made alkaline with saturated K2CO3 solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with 50 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 120 mg (25.9 % of theory) C7H 1 0N20 (M= 138.171) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 139 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 139 Rf value: 0.18 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.20c [2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyridin-4-yl-amine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.18a from 251 mg (0.87 mmol) 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene and 120 mg (0.86 mmol) 2-(pyridin-4-ylamino)-ethanol.
Yield: 90 mg (35.4 % of theory) C13H13BrN20 (M= 293.165) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 293/295 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 293/295 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.20d [2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyridin-4-yl-amine Prepared according to general working method II from [2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyridin-4-yl-amine (90 mg, 0.31 mmol).

Boehringer Ingelheim 160 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 95 mg (91.0 % of theory) C13H131N2O (M= 340.166) HPLC retention time: 5.86 min (method A) 3.20e (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyridin-4-yl-amine Prepared according to general working method I from [2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyridin-4-yl-amine (95 mg, 0.28 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (70 mg, 0.33 mmol).
Yield: 30 mg (25.2 % of theory) C26H20CIN30 (M= 425.922) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Rf value: 0.38 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.21 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetrameth yl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine cI
I
I J

3.21a 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 e from 500 mg (2.27 mmol) 4-iodo-phenol and 500 mg (2.08 mmol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine.
Yield: 673 mg (83.5 % of theory) C17H261NO (M= 387.307) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 388 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 388 Rf value: 0.79 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 4:1) 3-21b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 161 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine (260 mg, 0.67 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (155 mg, 0.73 mmol).
Yield: 31 mg (9.8 % of theory) C30H33CIN2O (M= 473.063) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 473/475 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 473/475 Rf value: 0.21 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 3:1) Example 3.22 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N
CAN

3.22a 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-propionaldehyde 210 mg (0.86 mmol) Pd(OAc)2, 5.23 g (17.32 mmol) tetra-n-butylammonium chloride and 3.6 g NaHCO3 are added to a solution of 5.0 g (17.32 mmol) 4-bromo-iodo-benzene and 3.0 mL (43.67 mmol) allylalcohol in 30 mL DMF.
The reaction solution is stirred for 2 h at 60 C and diluted with 50 mL water.
The aqueous phase is extracted with 50 mL EtOAc and the combined organic extracts are washed with 50 mL saturated NaCl solution. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 3:1 ).
Yield: 2.48 g (67.2 % of theory) C9H9BrO (M= 213.075) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 211/213 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 211/213 Rf value: 0.43 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 4:1) 3.22b 1-[3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine A solution of 1.03 g (4.82 mmol) 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-propionaldehyde and 0.41 mL (4.82 mmol) pyrrolidine in 50 mL MeOH is adjusted to pH 4-5 with Boehringer Ingelheim 162 Case 1-1406 if glacial acetic acid. Then 400 mg (6.05 mmol) NaBH3CN are added batchwise and the reaction is stirred for 3 days at RT. The reaction solution is diluted with 30 mL water and the aqueous phase is extracted with 50 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 1.06 g (82.1 % of theory) C13H18BrN (M= 268.199) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 268/270 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 268/270 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.22c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.16b (Pd(PPh3)2CI2 instead of tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium) from 72 mg (0.27 mmol) 1-[3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-pyrrolidine and 57 mg (0.27 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine.
Yield: 10 mg (9.6 % of theory) C26H25CIN2 (M= 400.956) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 HPLC retention time: 6.94 min (method A) Example 3.23 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine 3.23a 1-[2-(4-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine 0.51 mL (4.23 mmol) 1,4-dibromobutane in 20 mL acetonitrile is added slowly to a solution of 1.0 g (4.23 mmol) 4-bromo-phenethylamine hydrochloride, 1.8 Boehringer Ingelheim 163 Case 1-1406 if g (13.0 mmol) K2CO3 and 200 mg (1.20 mmol) KI in 100 mL acetonitrile at 75 C and the reaction mixture is stirred for a further 4 h at 75 C. The reaction solution is diluted with 100 mL water and the aqueous phase is extracted with 100 mL EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with saturated NaCl solution, the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Yield: 540 mg (50.2 % of theory) C12H16BrN (M= 254.172) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 254/256 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 254/256 Rf value: 0.54 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.23b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.16b from 60 mg (0.23 mmol) 1-[2-(4-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and 50 mg (0.23 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine.
Yield: 8 mg (8.7 % of theory) C25H23CIN2 (M= 386.928) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 387/389 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 387/389 HPLC retention time: 6.45 min (method A) Example 3.24 1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan CI
r--"N -N

3.24a 1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan Boehringer Ingelheim 164 Case 1-1406 if 1.5 g (5.29 mmol) 5-bromo-2-iodobenzene and 1.5 mL (11.7 mmol) 1-methylhomopiperazine are heated to 170 C for 1.5 h. After the reaction mixture has cooled 40 mL semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and 100 mL
EtOAc are added. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 85:15:1).
Yield: 1.10 g (77.1 % of theory) C11 H16BrN3 (M= 270.174) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Rf value: 0.57 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2) 3.24b 1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan Prepared according to general working method II from 1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan (472 mg, 1.75 mmol).
Yield: 546 mg (98.5 % of theory) C11 H1 61N3 (M= 317.175) HPLC retention time: 4.56 min (method A) 3.24c 1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan Prepared according to general working method I from 1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-[1,4]diazepan (237 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (161 mg, 0.75 mmol).
Yield: 54 mg (17.9 % of theory) C24H23CIN4 (M= 402.931) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 HPLC retention time: 6.79 min (method A) Example 3.25 1 -{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-4-methyl-piperazine Boehringer Ingelheim 165 Case 1-1406 ff CI
N

N Ni N

3.25a 1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-piperazine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.24a is from 1.5 g (5.28 mmol) 5-bromo-2-iodopyridine and 1.3 mL (11.7 mmol) N-methylpiperazine.
Yield: 1.15 g (85.1 % of theory) C10H14BrN3 (M= 256.147) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 256/258 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 256/258 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.25b 1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-piperazine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-piperazine (500 mg, 1.95 mmol).
Yield: 532 mg (89.9 % of theory) C10H141N3 (M= 303.148) HPLC retention time: 4.59 min (method A) 3.25c 1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-4-methyl-piperazine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-4-methyl-piperazine (235 mg, 0.78 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (167 mg, 0.78 mmol).
Yield: 15 mg (5.0 % of theory) C23H21 CIN4 (M= 388.904) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 389/391 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 389/391 HPLC retention time: 6.79 min (method A) Example 3.26 (1S, 4S)-2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane Boehringer Ingelheim 166 Case 1-1406 ff ci N
\N N

3.26a (1S, 4S)-2-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane A solution of 300 mg (1.10 mmol) (1S, 4S)-2-methyl-2,5-diazabicylo[2.2.1]heptane dihydrobromide, 0.75 mL (4.40 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine and 270 mg (1.11 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine in 1.5 mL
n-butanol are stirred for 18 hat 115 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is combined with 10 mL EtOAc and acidified with 1 M HCI. The aqueous phase is twice made alkaline with 2 M K2CO3 solution and extracted with 30 mL EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 70 mg (23.8 % of theory) C11 H14BrN3 (M= 268.158) HPLC retention time: 4.07 min (method A) Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.26b (IS, 4S)-2-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane Prepared according to general working method II from (1S, 4S)-2-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (70 mg, 0.26 mmol).
Yield: 45 mg (54.7 % of theory) C11 H141N3 (M= 315.159) HPLC retention time: 4.18 min (method A) Rf value: 0.06 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.26c (IS, 4S)-2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane Boehringer Ingelheim 167 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method I from (1S, 4S)-2-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-6-methyl-2,6-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (45 mg, 0.14 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (51 mg, 0.24 mmol).
Yield: 6 mg (10.3 % of theory) C24H21 CIN4 (M= 400.915) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 HPLC retention time: 6.44 min (method A) Example 3.27 {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine N' i N N

3.27a (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.24a (reaction time 2.5 h) from 11.5 g (40.5 mmol) 5-bromo-2-iodopyridine and 6.3 mL (11.7 mmol) methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-amine.
Yield: 4.0 g (34.8 % of theory) C12H18BrN3 (M= 284.201) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Rf value: 0.37 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 5.09 min (method A) 3.27b (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared according to general working method II from (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (1.1 g, 3.87 mmol).
Yield: 1.0 g (81.1 % of theory) C12H181N3 (M= 331.202) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 HPLC retention time: 5.19 min (method A) Boehringer Ingelheim 168 Case 1-1406 if 3.27c {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared according to general working method I from (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (65 mg, 0.30 mmol).
Yield: 43 mg (34.2 % of theory) C25H25CIN4 (M= 416.958) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Rf value: 0.25 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1).
HPLC retention time: 7.57 min (method A) Example 3.28 (1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-dimethyl-amine CI
N ~N N

3.28a [1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine A solution of 215 mg (0.88 mmol) 2,5-dibromobenzene, 100 mg (0.88 mmol) 3-(dimethylamino)-pyrrolidine and 0.60 mL (3.51 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in 0.5 mL n-butanol is stirred for 30 min in the microwave at 150 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is taken up in 20 mL EtOAc and 10 mL water. The aqueous phase is acidified with 1 M HCI. The phases are separated and then the aqueous phase is made alkaline with 2 M Na2CO3 solution and extracted with 40 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 179 mg (75.6 % of theory) C11 H16BrN3 (M= 270.174) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Rf value: 0.30 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 169 Case 1-1406 if 3.28b [1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine Prepared according to general working method II from [1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine (160 mg, 0.59 mmol).
Yield: 168 mg (89.5 % of theory) C11 H1 61N3 (M= 317.175) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 318 HPLC retention time: 3.56 min (method A) 3.28c (1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-yl)-dimethyl-amine Prepared according to general working method I from [1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine (160 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (108 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 8 mg (3.9 % of theory) C24H23CIN4 (M= 402.931) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 HPLC retention time: 6.37 min (method A) Example 3.29 {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-pyrid in-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine C
N N
I
H
3.29a (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine 13.8 g (100.0 mmol) K2CO3, 79 mg (0.12 mmol) 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl and 28 mg (0.12 mmol) Pd(OAc)2 are added successively to a solution of 1.5 g (6.33 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine and 0.98 mL (7.60 mmol) 1-(2-aminoethyl)-pyrrolidine in 60 mL toluene. The reaction is refluxed for 40 h.

Boehringer Ingelheim 170 Case 1-1406 if The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is taken up in 150 mL EtOAc and 100 mL water. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1 to EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 145 mg (8.5 % of theory) C11 H16BrN3 (M= 270.174) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.29b {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-yl-ethyl)-amine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.16b is from 90 mg (0.33 mmol) (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine and 88 mg (0.41 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine.
Yield: 4 mg (5.8 % of theory) C24H23CIN4 (M= 402.931) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 HPLC retention time: 6.71 min (method A) Example 3.30 N-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-acetamide N N

45 pL (0.48 mmol) acetic anhydride is added to a solution of 89 mg (0.22 mmol) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-yl-ethyl)-amine in 2 mL DCM. The reaction solution is stirred for 16 h at RT.
The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by HPLC-MS.
Yield: 62 mg (63.0 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 171 Case 1-1406 if C26H25CIN40 (M= 444.968) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Rf value: 0.38 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 1:1).

Example 3.31 {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Cl N~\N N

3.31a (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine 800 mg (3.38 mmol) 2,5-dibrombenzene and 1.0 g (7.80 mmol) N-(2-aminoethyl)piperidine are heated to 170 C for 45 min. After the reaction mixture has cooled 80 mL EtOAc are added and filtered. The filtrate is washed twice with 40 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution and dried over MgSO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 85:15:2).
Yield: 720 mg (75.0 % of theory) C12H18BrN3 (M= 284.201) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Rf value: 0.30 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.31b (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared according to general working method II from (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (720 mg, 2.53 mmol).
Yield: 750 mg (89.4 % of theory) C12H18IN3 (M= 331.202) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 332 HPLC retention time: 4.32 min (method A) Boehringer Ingelheim 172 Case 1-1406 ff 3.31c {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-piperidin-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared according to general working method I from (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (397 mg, 1.20 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (256 mg, 1.20 mmol).
Yield: 230 mg (46.0 % of theory) C25H25CIN4 (M= 416.958) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Rf value: 0.55 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 7.26 min (method A) Example 3.32 5'-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl CI
N

N

3.32a 5'-bromo-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.31 a (reaction time: 35 min at 160 C) from 2.37 g (10.0 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine and 1.6 g (10.4 mmol) 3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidine.
Yield: 700 mg (21.8 % of theory) C14H2OBrN3 (M= 310.240) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 310/312 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 310/312 HPLC retention time: 5.06 min (method B) 3.32b 5'-iodo-3-pyrrolidin-1-y1-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl Prepared according to general working method II from 5'-bromo-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl (700 mg, 2.26 mmol).
Yield: 700 mg (86.9 % of theory) C14H201N3 (M= 357.240) Boehringer Ingelheim 173 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 358 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 358 HPLC retention time: 5.20 min (method A) 3.32c 5'-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl Prepared according to general working method I from 5'-iodo-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl (179 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (107 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 120 mg (54.2 % of theory) C27H27CIN4 (M= 442.996) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 443/445 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 443/445 Rf value: 0.38 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 7.40 min (method A) Example 3.33 1'-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl N
CNN

3.33a 1'-benzyl-[l,3']bipyrrolidinyl 3.82 g (18.0 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 are added to a solution of 1.23 mL (15.0 mmol) pyrrolidine and 2.41 mL (15.0 mmol) N-benzylpyrrolidinone in 100 mL
THE and acidified with 2 mL acetic acid. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction solution is combined with 200 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution and extracted twice with 200 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 1.80 g (52.1 % of theory) C15H22N2 (M= 230.356) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 174 Case 1-1406 if 3.33b [1,3']bipyrrolidinyl 180 mg 10% Pd/C are added to a solution of 1.80 g (7.42 mmol) 1'-benzyl-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl in 80 mL MeOH. The reaction solution is stirred for 5 h at RT and at 3 bar H2. Another 180 mg 10% Pd/C are added and after 4 h 100 mg palladium hydroxide are added. The reaction is stirred for a further 6 h at RT and at 3 bar H2. The catalyst is suction filtered and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 900 mg (86.5 % of theory) C8H16N2 (M= 140.230) Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2) 3.33c 1'-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.31 a (reaction time: 60 min at 170 C) from 1.52 g (6.40 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine and 0.90 g (6.42 mmol) [1,3']bipyrrolidinyl.
Yield: 700 mg (36.8 % of theory) C13H18BrN3 (M= 296.213) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 296/298 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 296/298 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.33d 1'-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl Prepared according to general working method II from 1'-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl (700 mg, 2.36 mmol).
Yield: 650 mg (80.1 % of theory) C13H181N3 (M= 343.213) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 344 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 344 HPLC retention time: 3.95 min (method A) 3.33e 1'-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl Boehringer Ingelheim 175 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method I from 1'-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl (172 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (107 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 65 mg (30.3 % of theory) C26H25CIN4 (M= 428.969) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 429/431 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 429/431 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 6.71 min (method A) Example 3.34 {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine N
ON
\N N
H
3.34a N-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-chloro-propionamide 2.14 mL (22.0 mmol) 2-chloropropionic acid chloride in 5 mL DCM is added dropwise to a solution of 3.46 g (20.0 mmol) 2-amino-5-bromopyridine and 6.12 mL (44.0 mmol) triethylamine in 80 mL DCM at 0 C. The ice bath is removed and the reaction solution is stirred for a further 1.5 h at RT.
Another 0.40 mL (4.12 mmol) 2-chloropropionic acid chloride is added and the solution is stirred for a further hour at RT. The reaction mixture is combined with 80 mL water, washed once with 80 mL saturated NaCl solution and dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is triturated with a little EtOAc, suction filtered and dried.
Yield: 3.50 g (66.4 % of theory) C8H8BrCIN2O (M= 263.523) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 263/265/267 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.85 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 6:4) Boehringer Ingelheim 176 Case 1-1406 ff 3.34b N-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide 4.01 g (29.0 mmol) K2CO3 and 1.19 mL (14.5 mmol) pyrrolidine are added successively to a solution of 3.5 g (13.3 mmol) N-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-chloro-propionamide in 50 mL DMF. The reaction is stirred for 3 days at RT
and combined with 150 mL water. The aqueous phase is extracted twice with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient: PE/EtOAc 4:6 after EtOAc).
Yield: 1.80 g (45.4 % of theory) C12H16BrN3O3 (M= 298.185) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 HPLC retention time: 4.21 min (method A) 3.34c (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine Under a nitrogen atmosphere 6.00 mL (6.00 mmol) 1 M lithium aluminium hydride solution in THE are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 1.8 g (6.04 mmol) N-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide in 30 mL THF, in such a way that the internal temperature does not exceed 4 C. The reaction solution is stirred for a further 20 min at 0 C. EtOAc is carefully added, the aluminium complex is decomposed with 0.2 mL water, then with 0.2 mL 15%
sodium hydroxide solution solution and finally with 0.6 mL water. The precipitate formed is suction filtered and the filtrate is diluted with 50 mL
EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with 30 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution and dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 700 mg (40.8 % of theory) C12H18BrN3 (M= 284.201) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Rf value: 0.32 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 4.63 min (method A) 3.34d (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine Boehringer Ingelheim 177 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method II from (5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine (600 mg, 2.11 mmol).
Yield: 560 mg (80.1 % of theory) 3.34e {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine Prepared according to general working method I from (5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine (250 mg, 0.76 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (165 mg, 0.77 mmol).
Yield: 95 mg (29.5 % of theory) C25H25CIN4 (M= 416.958) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 HPLC retention time: 7.19 min (method A) Example 3.35 N-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide N
CN O
N

3.35a 4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenylamine Prepared according to general working method I from 4-iodoaniline (732 mg, 3.28 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (700 mg, 3.28 mmol).
Yield: 440 mg (44.1 % of theory) C19H13CIN2 (M= 304.782) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 305/307 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 305/307 HPLC retention time: 5.70 min (method A) 3.35b N-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide Boehringer Ingelheim 178 Case 1-1406 if 0.18 mL (1.31 mmol) triethylamine and 269 mg (0.84 mmol) TBTU are added successively to a solution of 100 mg (0.70 mmol) 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionic acid in 10 mL THF. The solution is stirred for 1 h at RT and then 200 mg (0.66 mmol) 4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenylamine are added. The reaction solution is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction is incomplete.
Therefore 100 mg (0.70 mmol) 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionic acid in 10 mL THF is added to the reaction mixture (activated for 1 h by stirring with 0.18 mL
(1.31 mmol) triethylamine and 269 mg (0.84 mmol) TBTU). The reaction solution is stirred for a further 16 h and diluted with NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4.
The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 40 mg (14.2 % of theory) C26H24CIN30 (M= 429.954) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 430/432 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 430/432 HPLC retention time: 7.29 min (method A) Example 3.36 N-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide ci j N

The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.35b from 200 mg (0.66 mmol) 4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenylamine and 100 mg (0.77 mmol) pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetic acid.
Yield: 5 mg (1.8 % of theory) C25H22CIN30 (M= 415.927) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 416/418 HPLC retention time: 6.75 min (method B) Boehringer Ingelheim 179 Case 1-1406 if Example 3.37 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-d ihyd ro-benzimidazol-2-one N / N
C>
3.37a (4-bromo-2-nitro-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine 4.42 g (32.0 mmol) K2CO3 are added to a solution of 5.00 g (22.7 mmol) 2-bromo-5-fluoronitrobenzene and 2.59 g (22.7 mmol) 1-(2-amino)-pyrrolidine in 20 mL acetonitrile. The reaction solution is stirred overnight at RT. The solution is filtered and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM to DCM/MeOH 9:1).
Yield: 5.90 g (82.6 % of theory) C12H16BrN3O2 (M= 314.184) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 314/316 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 314/316 Rf value: 0.40 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) 3.37b 4-bromo-N'-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-benzene-1,2-diamine 100 mg Raney Nickel are added to a solution of 1.00 g (3.18 mmol) (4-bromo-2-nitro-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine in 100 mL MeOH. The reaction solution is stirred for 15 min at 3 bar H2 and RT. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the product is further reacted without purification.
Yield: 850 mg (94.0 % of theory) C12H18BrN3 (M= 284.201) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 HPLC retention time: 4.56 min (method A) 3.37c 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Boehringer Ingelheim 180 Case 1-1406 if 600 mg (3.70 mmol) CDI are added to a solution of 853 mg (3.00 mmol) 4-bromo-N'-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-benzene-1,2-diamine in 20 mL THE at RT.
The reaction solution is heated to 40 C and stirred for 30 min at this temperature. A further 600 mg (3.70 mmol) CDI are added and the reaction is stirred for a further 30 min at 40 C. The solution is diluted with semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is triturated with acetonitrile, the precipitate is filtered and dried in the air.
Yield: 500 mg (53.7 % of theory) C13H16BrN3O (M= 310.196) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 310/312 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 310/312 HPLC retention time: 4.30 min (method A) 3.37d 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (150 mg, 0.48 mmol).
Yield: 140 mg (81.0 % of theory) C13H161N30 (M= 357.196) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 358 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 358 HPLC retention time: 4.53 min (method A) 3.37e 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (140 mg, 0.39 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (83 mg, 0.39 mmol).
Yield: 7 mg (3.7 % of theory) C26H23CIN40 (M= 442.952) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 443/445 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 443/445 HPLC retention time: 6.78 min (method A) Example 3.38 Boehringer Ingelheim Case 1-1406 if 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1 -(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one GI
N ~
O
N ~
U
3.38a 5-bromo-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one 73 mg (0.65 mmol) potassium-tert-butoxide are added to a solution of 200 mg (0.65 mmol) 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one in 4 mL DMSO at RT. The reaction solution is stirred for 30 min and then 40 pL (0.65 mmol) iodomethane are added and stirred for a further 30 min.
The mixture is combined with semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with 30 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 180 mg (86.1 % of theory) C14H18BrN3O (M= 324.223) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 324/326 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 324/326 HPLC retention time: 4.69 min (method B) 3.38b 5-iodo-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (160 mg, 0.49 mmol).
Yield: 120 mg (65.6 % of theory) C14H181N30 (M= 371.223) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 372 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 372 HPLC retention time: 5.02 min (method A) 3.38c 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one Boehringer Ingelheim 182 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (120 mg, 0.32 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (68 mg, 0.32 mmol).
Yield: 15 mg (9.8 % of theory) C27H25CIN40 (M= 456.980) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 457/459 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 457/459 HPLC retention time: 7.11 min (method A) Example 3.39 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-(2-pyrrofidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine C
N

N
Fj U
3.39a (5-bromo-3-nitro-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrofidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine 0.86 mL (5.05 mmol) ethyldiiopropylamine are added to a solution of 600 mg (2.53 mmol) 5-bromo-2-chloro-3-nitropyridine and 0.32 mL (2.53 mmol) 1-(2-aminoethyl)-pyrrolidine in 3 mL n-butanol. The reaction is heated to 50 C and stirred for one hour at this temperature. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is combined with 40 mL water and acidified with 1 M HCI. The aqueous phase is extracted with 20 mL EtOAc and the aqueous phase is then made alkaline with saturated K2CO3 solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with 40 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 692 mg (86.9 % of theory) C11 H15BrN4O2 (M= 315.172) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 315/317 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 315/317 HPLC retention time: 5.00 min (method A) Rf value: 0.08 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Boehringer fngelheim 183 Case 1-1406 if 3.39b 5-bromo-N2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-pyridine-2,3-diamine 2.44 g (10.8 mmol) Zinn(II)chloride dihydrate and 2.20 g (26.2 mmol) NaHCO3 are added to a solution of 680 mg (2.16 mmol) (5-bromo-3-nitro-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine in 40 mL EtOAc at RT. The reaction is refluxed for 1.5 h and then diluted with 20 mL water. The aqueous phase is acidified with 1 M HCI and separated off from the organic phase. The aqueous phase is made alkaline with saturated K2CO3 solution and extracted twice with 40 mL
EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 479 mg (77.8 % of theory) C11 H17BrN4 (M= 285.189) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 285/287 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 285/287 HPLC retention time: 3.9 min (method A) 3.39c 6-bromo-3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine A solution of 470 mg (1.65 mmol) 5-bromo-N2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-pyridine-2,3-dia mine in 10 mL formic acid is refluxed for 1.5 h. The mixture is made alkaline with saturated K2CO3 solution and extracted with 40 mL EtOAc.
The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 466 mg (95.8 % of theory) C12H15BrN4 (M= 295.184) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 HPLC retention time: 4.0 min (method A) 3.39d 6-iodo-3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine Prepared according to general working method II from 6-bromo-3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (450 mg, 1.52 mmol).
Yield: 510 mg (97.8 % of theory) C12H151N4 (M= 342.185) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 HPLC retention time: 4.08 min (method A) Rf value: 0.09 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 184 Case 1-1406 ff 3.39e 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 6-iodo-3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (300 mg, 0.88 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (187 mg, 0.88 mmol).
Yield: 67 mg (17.9 % of theory) C25H22CIN5 (M= 427.941) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Rf value: 0.41 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 6.52 min (method A) Example 3.40 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole a N
ON

N
H
3.40a (5-nitro-1 H-benzimidazol-2-yl)-methanol 6.2 g (81.5 mmol) glycolic acid is added to a solution of 6.24 g (40.8 mmol) 4-nitro-o-phenylenediamine in 80 mL semiconcentrated HCI. The reaction solution is refluxed for 4 h and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is taken up in water and made basic with 2 N NaOH. The product precipitates out and is stirred for another 1 hour in the ice bath. The precipitate is suction filtered and washed successively with water and PE. The product is dried at 40 C. This still contains 40% 4-nitro-o-phenylenediamine. It is again taken up in semiconcentrated HCI and after the addition of 6.5 mL glycolic acid (57% in water) it is refluxed for 3 h and heated for a further 12 h at 80 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is dissolved in water and made alkaline with 6 N NaOH, during which time the product is precipitated. The precipitate is suction filtered and washed successively with water and PE. The product is dried in the circulating air dryer at 50 C.
Yield: 6.40 g (81.3 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 185 Case 1-1406 if C8H7N303 (M= 193.163) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 194 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 194 Rf value: 0.13 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.40b 2-chloromethyl-5-nitro-1 H-benzimidazole 20 mL (275 mmol) thionyl chloride are added slowly to a solution of 6.4 g (33.1 mmol) (5-nitro-1 H-benzimidazol-2-yl)-methanol in 100 mL DCM at 10 C.
The reaction is stirred for 1 h at RT and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
The residue is triturated with DCM, suction filtered, washed with DCM and ether and dried in the circulating air dryer at 35 C.
Yield: 7.01 g (100 % of theory) C8H6CIN303 (M= 211.609) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 212/214 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 212/214 HPLC retention time: 4.1 min (method B) 3.40c 5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole 9.47 mL (113 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to a solution of 6.00 g (28.4 mmol) 2-chloromethyl-5-nitro-1H-benzimidazole in 100 mL DCM. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction solution is washed four times with water.
The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 5.50 g (78.8 % of theory) C12H14N402 (M= 246.271) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 247 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 247 Rf value: 0.22 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH 9:1) 3.40d 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazol-5-ylamine 1.00 g Raney nickel is added to a solution of 5.50 g (22.3 mmol) 5-nitro-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole in 50 mL MeOH. The reaction solution is stirred for 30 h at 3 bar H2 and RT. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 3.10 g (64.2 % of theory) C12H16N4 (M= 216.288) Boehringer Ingelheim 186 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 217 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 217 3.40e 5-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole 3.10 g (14.3 mmol) 2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazol-5-ylamine is suspended in 32.2 mL 48% hydrobromic acid and 32.2 mL water and the solution is cooled to 0 C. 2.5 M sodium nitrite solution (1.68 g in 9.7 mL
water) is slowly added dropwise, so that the internal temperature does not exceed C. The reaction is stirred for 10 min at 0 C and then 3.50 g (24.37 mmol) CuBr in 11.3 mL 48% hydrobromic acid is added dropwise. The reaction is heated to 60 C and stirred for one hour at this temperature. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue triturated with isopropanol. The precipitate is suction filtered and washed with isopropanol. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (MeOH/NH3 9:1).
Yield: 2.20 g (54.8 % of theory) C12H14BrN3 (M= 280.169) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 280/282 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 280/282 HPLC retention time: 4.47 min (method A) 3.40f 5-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole (700 mg, 2.50 mmol).
Yield: 200 mg (24.5 % of theory) C12H14IN3 (M= 327.170) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 328 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 328 HPLC retention time: 4.55 min (method A) 3.40g 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole (200 mg, 0.61 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (131 mg, 0.61 mmol).
Yield: 5 mg (2.0 % of theory) C25H21 CIN4 (M= 412.926) Boehringer Ingelheim 187 Case 1-1406 if CaIc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 411/413 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 411/413 HPLC retention time: 3.94 min (method A) Example 3.41 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-benzimidazole IN
\/
N
rj U
3.41a 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-benzimidazole A solution of 904 mg (3.18 mmol) 4-bromo-N'-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-benzene-1,2-diamine in 5 mL formic acid is refluxed for 1.5 h. It is made alkaline with semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and extracted twice with 70 mL
EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 750 mg (80.2 % of theory) C13H16BrN3 (M= 294.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 HPLC retention time: 3.78 min (method A) 3.41 b 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-benzimidazole Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-benzimidazole (750 mg, 2.55 mmol).
Yield: 680 mg (78.2 % of theory) C13H161N3 (M= 341.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 HPLC retention time: 4.04 min (method A) 3.41 c 5-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-ylethynyl]- 1 -(2-pyrrol id in- 1 -yl -ethyl)-1 H-benzimidazole Boehringer Ingelheim 188 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-benzimidazole (150 mg, 0.44 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (94 mg, 0.44 mmol).
Yield: 26 mg (13.7 % of theory) C26H23CIN4 (M= 426.953) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 HPLC retention time: 6.51 min (method A) Example 3.42 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1 -methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-benzimidazole CI
N
ON N

N

3.42a methyl-(2-nitro-4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-amine 5.55 g (78.0 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to a solution of 4.70 g (26.1 mmol) 4-methylamino-3-nitro-benzaldehyde in 100 mL THE and the reaction mixture is acidified with glacial acetic acid. 6.36 g (30.0 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is combined with saturated NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are washed with 200 mL
semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and dried over MgSO4. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM to DCM/MeOH 9:1).
Yield: 2.00 g (32.6 % of theory) C12H17N302 (M= 235.288) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 236 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 236 Rf value: 0.15 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) 3.42b N'-methyl-4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine 4.85 g (21.5 mmol) tin(II)chloride dihydrate and 4.45 g (53.0 mmol) NaHCO3 are added to a solution of 1.00 g (4.25 mmol) methyl-(2-nitro-4-pyrrolidin-1-Boehringer Ingelheim 189 Case 1-1406 if ylmethyl-phenyl)-amine in 60 mL EtOAc at RT. The reaction is refluxed for 2 h and then diluted with 100 mL 1 M KHSO4 solution and some water. The mixture is filtered. The aqueous phase is combined with K2CO3 and extracted twice with 80 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 850 mg (97.4 % of theory) C12H19N3 (M= 205.305) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 206 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 206 Rf value: 0.15 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.42c 1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole A solution of 850 mg (4.14 mmol) N'-methyl-4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzene-1,2-diamine in 4 mL formic acid is refluxed for 1.5 h. It is made alkaline with 250 mL semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and extracted twice with 70 mL
EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 650 mg (72.9 % of theory) C13H17N3 (M= 215.301) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.42d 2-iodo-1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole 0.80 mL (1.28 mmol) 1.6 M n-butyllithium solution in hexane are added to a solution, cooled to -75 C, of 250 mg (1.16 mmol) 1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole in 8 mL THF. The reaction mixture is stirred for 10 min at this temperature and then 288 mg (1.28 mmol) N-iodosuccinimide in 5 mL THE are added. The cooling bath is removed and the reaction stirred for 1 h at RT. 12 mL 0.1 M HCI are added and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM to DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 140 mg (22.2 % of theory) C13H161N3 (M= 341.197) Boehringer Ingelheim 190 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Rf value: 0.20 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 3.89 min (method A) 3.42e 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-benzimidazole Prepared according to general working method I from 2-iodo-1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (68 mg, 0.32 mmol).
Yield: 9 mg (7.2 % of theory) C26H23CIN4 (M= 426.953) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Rf value: 0.20 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 6.69 min (method A) Example 3.43 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N
N
F
3.43a 1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 e from 13.6 g (57.0 mmol) 3-fluoro-4-iodo-phenol and 9.69 g (57.0 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride.
Yield: 17.1 g (89.6 % of theory) C12H15FINO (M= 335.162) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 336 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 336 Rf value: 0.57 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).

3.43b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 191 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(3-fluoro-4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (500 mg, 0.75 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (159 mg, 0.75 mmol).
Yield: 48 mg (15.4 % of theory) C25H22CIFN20 (M= 420.918) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 421/423 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 421/423 Rf value: 0.65 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 7.74 min (method A) Example 3.44 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-8-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-quinoline ci C N
C I~

3.44a 5-iodo-8-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-quinoline The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e from 700 mg (2.58 mmol) 5-iodo-quinolin-8-ol and 450 mg (2.59 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride.
Yield: 829 mg (87.2 % of theory) C15H17IN20 (M= 368.220) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 369 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 369 HPLC retention time: 5.56 min (method B) 3.44b 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-8-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-quinoline Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-8-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-quinoline (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (116 mg, 0.54 mmol).
Yield: 23 mg (9.4 % of theory) C28H24CIN30 (M= 453.976) Boehringer Ingelheim 192 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 454/456 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 454/456 HPLC retention time: 7.40 min (method A) Example 3.45 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline \ I~ I

j N
3.45a 6-bromo-2-bromOmethyl-quinoline 148 mg (1.00 mmol) a,a-azoisobutyronitrile and 8.01 g (45.0 mmol) N-bromosuccinimide are added successively to a solution of 10.0 g (45.0 mmol) 6-bromo-2-methyl-quinoline in 60 mL carbon tetrachloride. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 8 h. It is filtered and the filtrate is washed twice with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 4:1).
Yield: 5.10 g (37.7 % of theory) C1OH7Br2N (M= 300.982) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 300/302/304 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 5.75 min (method B) 3.45b 6-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline 4.60 g (15.28 mmol) 6-bromo-2-bromomethyl-quinoline are added to a solution of 1.40 mL (16.8 mmol) pyrrolidine and 6.34 g (45.9 mmol) K2CO3 in 50 mL acetonitrile. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT and then the inorganic salts are filtered off. The organic phase is washed with water and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts are dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 4.45 g (100 % of theory) C14H15BrN2 (M= 291.193) Boehringer Ingelheim 193 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 291/293 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 291/293 Rf value: 0.27 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) 3.45c 6-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline Prepared according to general working method 11 from 6-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline (500 mg, 1.72 mmol).
Yield: 400 mg (59.9 % of theory) C14H151N2 (M= 338.193) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 339 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 339 HPLC retention time: 5.16 min (method A) 3.45d 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline Prepared according to general working method I from 6-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline (151 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (80 mg, 0.37 mmol).
Yield: 18 mg (11.4 % of theory) C27H22CIN3 (M= 423.949) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 424/426 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 424/426 HPLC retention time: 4.78 min (method B) Example 3.46 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline a C~I

N
N.
CN

3.46a 6-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline Under an argon atmosphere 0.69 mL (6.87 mmol) borane-pyridine complex are added to a solution of 500 mg (1.72 mmol) 6-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline (see 3.45b) in 10 mL acetic acid at RT. The mixture is Boehringer Ingelheim 194 Case 1-1406 ff stirred for 7 h at RT, again combined with 0.35 mL (3.46 mmol) borane-pyridine complex and stirred for another hour at RT. It is cooled to 0 C and the solution is made basic with 8% NaOH solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is taken up with water and acidified with 12% HCI. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and then made basic with 20% NaOH solution while cooling with ice. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 420 mg (82.9 % of theory) C14H19BrN2 (M= 295.25) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 HPLC retention time: 5.01 min (method B) 3.46b 6-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline Prepared according to general working method II from 6-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (280 mg, 0.95 mmol).
Yield: 260 mg (80.1 % of theory) C14H19IN2 (M= 342.225) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 HPLC retention time: 5.34 min (method A) 3.46c 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline Prepared according to general working method I from 6-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (260 mg, 0.76 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (162 mg, 0.76 mmol).
Yield: 72 mg (22.1 % of theory) C27H26CIN3 (M= 427.981) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 428 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 428 HPLC retention time: 4.66 min (method B) Example 3.47 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(6-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-naphthalen-2-ylethynyl)-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 195 Case 1-1406 if CI
3.47a (6-iodo-naphthalen-2-yl)-methanol Prepared according to general working method II from (6-bromo-naphthalen-2-yl)-methanol (500 mg, 2.11 mmol).
Yield: 450 mg (75.1 % of theory) C11 H9IO (M= 284.10) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284 HPLC retention time: 8.30 min (method A) 3.47b {6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-naphthalen-2-yl}-methanol Prepared according to general working method I from (6-iodo-naphthalen-2-yl)-methanol (450 mg, 1.58 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (342 mg, 1.60 mmol).
Yield: 250 mg (42.8 % of theory) C24H16CINO (M= 369.85) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 370/372 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 370/372 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 19:1) 3.47c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(6-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-naphthalen-2-ylethynyl)-pyridine 58 pL (0.80 mmol) thionyl chloride are added at 0 C to a solution of 148 mg (0.40 mmol) {6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-naphthalen-2-yl}-methanol in 5 mL DCM. The solution is heated to RT and stirred for 1 h at this temperature. The reaction mixture is diluted with 30 mL DCM, combined with ice water, made alkaline with saturated NaHCO3 solution and the organic phase is washed with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and filtered. 0.10 mL (1.20 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to the filtrate, which is stirred for 2 h at RT and for I h at 40 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac.
and Boehringer Ingelheim 196 Case 1-1406 if the purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM to DCM/MeOH/NH3 5:1:0.1).
Yield: 40 mg (23.6 % of theory) C28H23CIN2 (M= 422.96) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 423/425 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 423/425 Rf value: 0.10 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) Example 3.48 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole CI
N

f-j /N
ID
3.48a 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole Under a nitrogen atmosphere 700 mg (3.46 mmol) 5-bromoindoline are added to a solution of 722 mg (4.16 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride and 1.19 mL (6.93 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in 10 mL DMF.
The reaction solution is stirred for 21 h at RT and again combined with N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride. The reaction solution is heated to 70 C
and stirred for 4 h at this temperature. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue taken up in 50 mL semisaturated NaCI solution and 50 mL EtOAc.
The aqueous phase is extracted twice with 50 mL DCM, the combined organic extracts are dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 226 mg (22.1 % of theory) C14H19BrN2 (M= 295.225) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 HPLC retention time: 5.93 min (method A) 3.48b 5-lodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole Boehringer Ingelheim 197 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole (226 mg, 0.77 mmol).
Yield: 142 mg (54.2 % of theory) C14H19IN2 (M= 342.225) HPLC retention time: 6.10 min (method A) 3.48c 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indole (142 mg, 0.42 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (89 mg, 0.42 mmol).
Yield: 39 mg (22.1 % of theory) C27H26CIN3 (M= 427.981) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Rf value: 0.55 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) HPLC retention time: 7.98 min (method A) Example 3.49 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(1-methyl-2-piperidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine 3.49a 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-propyl]-pipe ridine 1.54 g (7.00 mmol) iodobenzene and 2.75 g (10.5 mmol) triphenylphosphane are added successively to a solution of 1.00 g (6.98 mmol) 1-piperidin-1-yl-propan-2-ol in 20 mL DCM. 2.19 mL (10.5 mmol, 95%) diisopropyl azodicarboxylate is added dropwise at RT and the reaction is stirred for 2 h at RT. It is diluted with water, the organic phase is washed with water and dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1). The oily Boehringer Ingelheim 198 Case 1-1406 if residue is triturated with diisopropylether, filtered off from the insoluble residue and the filtrate is evaporated to dryness i.vac..
Yield: 500 mg (20.7 % of theory) C14H201NO (M= 345.226) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 Rf value: 0.32 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) 3.49b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(1-methyl-2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-propyl]-piperidine (173 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (107 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 80 mg (37.1 % of theory) C27H27CIN2O (M= 430.982) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH 9:1) HPLC retention time: 5.03 min (method A) Example 3.50 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-piperidin-1 -yl-pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine N
ON--GN

3.50a 1-(1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-piperidine 12.7 g (60.0 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 and 2.3 mL acetic acid are added to a solution of 4.94 mL (50.0 mmol) piperidine and 8.03 mL (50.0 mmol) N-benzylpyrrolidinone in 200 mL THF. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT.
The reaction solution is combined with 200 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution and extracted twice with 200 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Boehringer Ingelheim 199 Case 1-1406 if MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 5.50 g (45.0 % of theory) C16H24N2 (M= 244.383) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 245 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 245 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.50b 1-pyrrolidin-3-yl-piperidine 550 mg 10% Pd/C are added to a solution of 5.50 g (22.5 mmol) 1-(1-benzyl-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-piperidine in 200 mL MeOH. The reaction solution is stirred for h at RT and 3 bar H2. 550 mg palladiumhydroxide are added and the reaction is stirred for a further 6 h at RT and 3 bar H2. The catalyst is suction filtered and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 900 mg (86.5 % of theory) C9H18N2 (M= 154.257) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 155 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 155 Rf value: 0.05 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2) 3.50c 1-[1-(4-bromo-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-piperidin 283 mg (1.00 mmol) 4-bromo-iodobenzene, 10 mg (0.05 mmol) Cul, 124 mg (2.00 mmol) ethyleneglycol and 424 mg (2.00 mmol) potassium phosphate are added to a reaction vessel, which is evacuated and rinsed with argon several times. Then 154 mg (1.00 mmol) 1-pyrrolidin-3-yl-piperidine in 1 mL
isopropanol are added and the reaction is shaken for 15 h at 80 C. The reaction solution is diluted with EtOAc and extracted twice with 5% ammonia solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 230 mg (74.4 % of theory) C15H21BrN2 (M= 309.252) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 309/311 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 309/311 Rf value: 0.73 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.50d 1-[1-(4-iodo-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-piperidine Boehringer Ingelheim 200 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[1-(4-bromo-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-piperidine (200 mg, 0.65 mmol).
Yield: 120 mg (52.1 % of theory) C15H211N2 (M= 356.252) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 357 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 357 HPLC retention time: 6.13 min (method A) 3.50e 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-piperidin-1-yl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[1-(4-iodo-phenyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-piperidine (120 mg, 0.34 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (73 mg, 0.34 mmol).
Yield: 75 mg (50.4 % of theory) C28H28CIN3 (M= 442.008) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Rf value: 0.30 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 4.94 min (method B) Example 3.51 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- pyridin-2-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine cI
(DN
O N

3.51a 2-bromo-5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 e (1:1 mixture of acetone:acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 3.90 g (22.4 mmol) 6-bromo-pyridin-3-ol and 4.25 g (25.0 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride.
Yield: 4.70 g (69.3 % of theory) C11 H15BrN2O (M= 271.159) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 271/273 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 271/273 Boehringer Ingelheim 201 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.27 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.51b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- pyridin-2-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 2-bromo-5-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-pyridine (271 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (106 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 22 mg (10.9 % of theory) C24H22CIN3O (M= 403.915) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Rf value: 0.20 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 3.52 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile /I
N\~ N

CN\/~

3.52a 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 2.00 g (10.1 mmol) 5-bromo-2-hydroxy-benzonitrile and 2.00 g (11.8 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride.
Yield: 1.32 g (44.3 % of theory) C13H15BrN2O (M= 295.181) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 295/297 HPLC retention time: 4.91 min (method A) 3.52b 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile (350 mg, 1.19 mmol).
Yield: 324 mg (79.8 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 202 Case 1-1406 if C13H151N2O (M= 342.182) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 343 HPLC retention time: 5.14 min (method A) 3.52c 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzonitrile (300 mg, 0.88 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (206 mg, 0.97 mmol).
Yield: 76 mg (20.3 % of theory) C26H22CIN30 (M= 427.938) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 HPLC retention time: 7.31 min (method A) Example 3.53 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(4-methyl-piperid i n- 1 -ylmethyl)-benzofu ran-5-ylethynyl]-pyridine N
bN

0 ~
3.53a ethyl 5-bromo-benzofuran-2-carboxylate 13.8 g (100 mmol) Na2CO3 are added to a solution of 4.02 g (20.0 mmol) 5-bromo-salicylaldehyde and 2.26 mL (20.0 mmol, 98%) ethyl bromoacetate in 50 mL DMF. The reaction mixture is heated to 80 C and stirred for 2 h at this temperature. It is diluted with 200 mL water, the aqueous phase is extracted three times with 100 mL tert-butylmethylether and the combined organic extracts are washed twice with 50 mL water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4, filtered through activated charcoal and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 3.80 g (70.6 % of theory) C11 H9BrO3 (M= 269.097) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 269/271 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 269/271 Boehringer Ingelheim 203 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.75 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 8:2) 3.53b (5-bromo-benzofuran-2-yl)-methanol 7.0 mL (7.00 mmol) 1 M lithium aluminium hydride solution in THE is slowly added dropwise at -5 C to a solution of 3.70 g (13.8 mmol) ethyl 5-bromo-benzofuran-2-carboxylate in 50 mL THF. The reaction solution is heated to RT
and then cooled again to 10 C. Another 0.7 mL (0.70 mmol) 1 M lithium aluminium hydride solution in THE are added dropwise and the reaction is stirred for 1 h at RT. 1.0 mL water, 1.0 mL 15% NaOH and finally 3.0 mL
water are added successively to the reaction mixture and the insoluble precipitate is filtered off. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4, filtered through activated charcoal and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 2.10 g (67.3 % of theory) C9H7BrO2 (M= 227.059) Calc.: molpeak (M)+: 226/228 Found: molpeak (M)+: 226/228 Rf value: 0.15 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 8:2) 3.53c (5-iodo-benzofuran-2-yl)-methanol Prepared according to general working method II from (5-bromo-benzofuran-2-yl)-methanol (2.10 g, 9.25 mmol).
Yield: 2.53 g (100 % of theory) C9H7102 (M= 274.059) Calc.: molpeak (M)+: 274 Found: molpeak (M)+: 274 Rf value: 0.26 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 8:2) 3.53d {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-methanol Prepared according to general working method I from (5-iodo-benzofuran-2-yl)-methanol (685 mg, 2.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (534 mg, 2.50 mmol).
Yield: 400 mg (44.5 % of theory) C22H14CIN02 (M= 359.815) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 360/362 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 360/362 Rf value: 0.58 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 204 Case 1-1406 if 3.53e 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-l-ylmethyl)-benzofuran-5-ylethynyl]-pyridine 32 pL (0.40 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.28 mmol) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-benzofuran-2-yl}-methanol and 69 pL (0.50 mmol) triethylamine in 5 mL DCM at 0 C and the reaction is stirred for I h at this temperature. Another 70 pL (0.89 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added and the reaction is stirred overnight at RT. Then 0.24 ml (2.00 mmol) 4-methylpiperidine is added and the reaction is stirred for 2 hours at RT. The reaction solution is diluted with water and the aqueous phase extracted twice with DCM. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/methanol 9:1).
Yield: 10 mg (8.1 % of theory) C28H25CIN2O (M= 440.977) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 441/443 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 441/443 Rf value: 0.27 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 9:1) Example 3.54 {4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine a N

V N\~~ /

3.54a 2-chloro-N-(4-iodo-phenyl)-acetamide 2.0 mL (25.1 mmol) chloro-acetylchioride in 5 mL DCM are added to a solution of 5.00 g (22.83 mmol) 4-iodo-phenylamine and 7.0 mL (50.2 mmol) triethylamine in 100 mL DCM at 0 C. The ice bath is removed and the reaction is stirred for a further 1.5 h at RT. The reaction solution is diluted with 80 mL water and the organic phase is washed with saturated NaCI solution.
The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated Lvac..
The residue is triturated with EtOAc, suction filtered and dried in the air.

Boehringer Ingelheim 205 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 2.25 g (33.4 % of theory) C8H7CIINO (M= 295.508) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 296/298 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 296/298 HPLC retention time: 7.91 min (method A) 3.54b N-(4-iodo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide 1.53 mL (18.6 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to a solution of 2.20 g (7.45 mmol) 2-chloro-N-(4-iodo-phenyl)-acetamide in 50 mL DCM. The reaction solution is stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is filtered, the filtrate dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 1.65 g (67.1 % of theory) C12H15IN2O (M= 330.171) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 331 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 331 HPLC retention time: 5.10 min (method A) 3.54c (4-iodo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine 2.25 mL (2.25 mmol) 1 M lithium aluminium hydride solution are added to a solution of 500 mg (1.51 mmol) N-(4-iodo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide in 10 mL THE at 0 C and the reaction is stirred for 20 min at this temperature.
EtOAc is added and then 85 pL water, 85 pL 15% NaOH solution and finally 256 pL water are added. The precipitate is removed by suction filtering and the filtrate is diluted with 50 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with 30 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 450 mg (94.0 % of theory) C12H17IN2 (M= 316.187) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 317 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 317 Rf value: 0.17 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.54d {4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Boehringer Ingelheim 206 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from (4-iodo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (450 mg, 1.42 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (450 mg, 2.11 mmol).
Yield: 98 mg (17.1 % of theory) C25H24CIN3 (M= 401.943) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 402/404 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 402/404 HPLC retention time: 7.08 min (method A) Example 3.55 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde CI

C)N

3.55a 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e (acetonitrile instead of DMF) from 8.93 g (36.0 mmol) 2-hydroxy-5-iodo-benzaldehyde and 7.14 g (42.0 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride.
Yield: 4.80 g (38.6 % of theory) C13H161NO2 (M= 345.182) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 HPLC retention time: 5.27 min (method A) 3.55b 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde (1.50 g, 4.35 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (214 mg, 5.00 mmol).
Yield: 320 mg (17.1 % of theory) C26H23CIN202 (M= 430.938) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 HPLC retention time: 7.31 min (method A) Boehringer Ingelheim 207 Case 1-1406 ff Example 3.56 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde-oxime CI
C)N
O
NO~H

27 mg (0.38 mmol) hydroxylamine and 53 pL (0.38 mmol) triethylamine are added to a solution of 200 mg (0.35 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde (Example 3.55b) in 2 mL
of a 1:1 mixture of acetonitrile and MeOH. The reaction solution is heated to 85 C. After the reaction is complete the mixture is diluted with water and saturated NaHCO3 solution and the organic phase is extracted with DCM. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography using HPLC-MS.
Yield: 5 mg (3.2 % of theory) C26H24CIN302 (M= 445.953) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 446/448 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 446/448 HPLC retention time: 5.25 min (method A) Example 3.57 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde 0-methyl-oxime N
ON

N "ru Boehringer Ingelheim 208 Case 1-1406 if The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.56a from 250 mg (0.44 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde (Example 3.55b) and 50 mg (0.60 mmol) O-methyl-hydroxylamine.
Yield: 40 mg (20.1 % of theory) C27H26CIN302 (M= 459.980) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 HPLC retention time: 8.11 min (method A) Example 3.58 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-ethynyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI
ON

152 mg (0.79 mmol) dimethyl (1-diazo-2-oxo-propyl)-phosphate in 2 mL
MeOH are added to a solution of 300 mg (0.66 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde (Example 3.55b) and 183 mg (1.32 mmol) K2CO3 in 9 mL MeOH. The reaction solution is stirred for for 3 h at RT and diluted with 20 mL DCM. The organic phase is extracted twice with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by HPLC-MS.
Yield: 104 mg (37.0 % of theory) C27H23CIN20 (M= 426.950) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 HPLC retention time: 7.69 min (method A) Example 3.59 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-[5-(4-ch to ro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-yl ethyn yl]-2, 3-d i hyd ro-indole-1-carboxylate Boehringer Ingelheim 209 Case 1-1406 if CI
j N

3.59a 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylate 1.00 g (4.95 mmol) 5-bromoindoline is added to a solution of 868 mg (5.00 mmol) N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride and 1.70 g (12.2 mmol) K2CO3 in 15 mL DMF. The reaction solution is stirred for 4 h at 70 C and more N-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride is added. The reaction solution is stirred for a further 3 h at 70 C and then diluted with 25 mL water. The aqueous phase is extracted twice with 30 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: EtOAc/MeOH 9:1 to EtOAc/MeOH 4:1).
Yield: 687 mg (47.0 % of theory) C15H19BrN202 (M= 339.235) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 339/341 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 339/341 Rf value: 0.62 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.59b 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-iodo-2,3-d ihydro-indole-1-carboxylate Prepared according to general working method II from 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylate (700 mg, 2.37 mmol).
Yield: 590 mg (64.4 % of theory) C15H19IN202 (M= 386.235) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 387 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 387 Rf value: 0.37 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.59c 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2,3-dihydro-indole-l-carboxylate Boehringer Ingelheim 210 Case 1-1406 ff Prepared according to general working method I from 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl 5-iodo-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.31 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (80 mg, 0.37 mmol).
Yield: 48 mg (32.8 % of theory) C28H26CIN302 (M= 471.991) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 472/474 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 472/474 HPLC retention time: 7.66 min (method A) Example 3.60 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-this-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene ~I
H,N
N
S
3.60a ethyl 4-bromo-5-oxo-azepan-1-carboxylate 79.9 g (500 mmol) bromine are added to a solution of 92.7 g (500 mmol) ethyl 4-oxo-azepan-1-carboxylate in 350 mL chloroform and the reaction is stirred overnight. The reaction solution is washed three times with saturated NaHCO3 solution, the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is further reacted without purification.
Yield: 118 g (89.3 % of theory) CgH 14BrNO3 (M= 264.135) 3.60b ethyl 4-(4-bromo-phenylsulphanyl)-5-oxo-azepan-1-carboxylate 60.5 g (320 mmol) 4-bromothiophenol in 300 mL chloroform are added to a solution of 84.5 g (320 mmol) ethyl 4-bromo-5-oxo-azepan-1-carboxylate and 32.4 g (320 mmol) triethylamine in 80 mL chloroform over 45 min, so that the internal temperature does not exceed 40 C. The reaction solution is stirred for 1.5 h at RT. The reaction mixture is washed twice with dilute ammonia solution and twice with water. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and K2CO3 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by repeated column chromatography on silica gel.

Boehringer Ingelheim 211 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 44.4 g (37.2 % of theory) C15H18BrNO3S (M= 372.30) Rf value: 0.33 (silica gel, chloroform/acetone 19:1) 3.60c ethyl 3-bromo-5,6,8,9-tetrahydro-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulen-7-carboxylate A solution of 44.3 g (119 mmol) ethyl 4-(4-bromo-phenylsulphanyl)-5-oxo-azepan-1 -carboxylate in 443 g polyphosphoric acid is heated to 80 C for 45 min and then diluted with 1000 mL water. The aqueous phase is extracted three times with chloroform. The organic phase is washed with water, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by repeated column chromatography on silica gel (chloroform/EtOAc 19:1) and by recrystallisation from MeOH/acetone.
Yield: 22.4 g (52.8 % of theory) C15H16BrNO2S (M= 354.28) melting point: 109 C

3.60d 3-bromo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene 30.0 g (53.5 mmol) KOH in 700 mL EtOH are added to a solution of 19.0 g (53.5 mmol) ethyl 3-bromo-5,6,8,9-tetrahydro-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulen-7-carboxylate. EtOH is distilled off at normal pressure and the residue is taken up in water. The solution is acidified with HCI. Then it is made basic with NaOH and the aqueous phase is extracted four times with chloroform. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and K2CO3 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by repeated column chromatography on silica gel.
Yield: 12.6 g (83.0 % of theory) C12H12BrNS (M= 282.22) melting point: 89 C

3.60e 3-iodo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene Prepared according to general working method II from 3-bromo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene (1.80 g, 6.38 mmol).

Boehringer Ingelheim 212 Case 1-1406 ff Yield: 1.80 g (85.7 % of theory) C12H12INS (M= 329.205) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 330 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 330 HPLC retention time: 5.45 min (method A) 3.60f 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene Prepared according to general working method I from 3-iodo-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene (770 mg, 2.34 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (500 mg, 2.34 mmol).
Yield: 350 mg (36.0 % of theory) C25H19CIN2S (M= 414.961) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 HPLC retention time: 7.41 min (method A) Example 3.61 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-7-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene CI
N
N
0.18 mL (2.41 mmol) 37% formalin solution in water are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.24 mmol) 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-10-thia-7-aza-benzo[a]azulene (see 3.60f) in 5 mL acetonitrile.
Then 60 mg (0.96 mmol) NaBH3CN and 56 pL (0.96 mmol) acetic acid are added and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight. The solution is combined with 2 M NaOH and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography by HPLC-MS.
Yield: 3 mg (2.9 % of theory) C26H21 CIN2S (M= 428.988) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 429/431 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 429/431 Boehringer Ingelheim 213 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 4.97 min (method B) Example 3.62 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1 -(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole C
j NJ

3.62a 5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indazole and 5-nitro-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl- ethyl)-2H-indazole 10.5 g (62.0 mmol) 1-(2-chloroethyl)-pyrrolidine hydrochloride and 12.9 g (93.0 mmol) K2CO3 are added successively to a solution of 5.00 g (31.0 mmol) 5-nitroindazole in 100 mL acetonitrile. The reaction solution is stirred for 2 h at RT and refluxed for a further 5 h. After the solution has cooled the insoluble salts are filtered off and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is taken up in EtOAc and water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. A 4:1 mixture of 5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indazole and 5-nitro-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole is obtained. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on Alox (PE/EtOAc 3:2).
5-nitro-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole Yield: 4.00 g (49.6 % of theory) C1 3H 16N402 (M= 260.298) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 261 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 261 Rf value: 0.78 (Alox, PE/EtOAc 1:1) 5-nitro-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole Yield: 1.00 g (12.4 % of theory) C13H16N402 (M= 260.298) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 261 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 261 Rf value: 0.61 (Alox, PE/EtOAc 1:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 214 Case 1-1406 if 3.62b 1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-ylamine 0.50 g Raney nickel are added to a solution of 3.50 g (13.4 mmol) 5-nitro-l-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole in 50 mL EtOAc and the reaction mixture is stirred for 20 h at RT at 1.4 bar H2. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield: 2.90 g (93.6 % of theory) C13H18N4 (M= 230.315) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 3.62c 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole 1.00 g (4.34 mmol) 1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-ylamine is dissolved in 9.76 mL 48% hydrobromic acid and 9.76 mL water and the solution is cooled to 0 C. 2.5 M sodium nitrite solution (300 mg in 1.74 mL
water) is slowly added dropwise. The reaction is stirred for 10 min at 0 C and then a solution of 935 mg (6.51 mmol) CuBr in 3.42 mL 48% hydrobromic acid is added dropwise. The reaction is heated to 60 C and stirred for one hour at this temperature. The mixture is diluted with water and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is discarded and the aqueous phase is made alkaline with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is washed with water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
Yield: 500 mg (39.1 % of theory) C13H16BrN3 (M= 294.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 Rf value: 0.59 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 3.62d 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole (500 mg, 1.70 mmol).
Yield: 230 mg (39.7 % of theory) C13H161N3 (M= 341.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Boehringer Ingelheim 215 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.55 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 4:1) 3.62e 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole hydriodide Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indazole (230 mg, 0.67 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (144 mg, 0.67 mmol).
Yield: 90 mg (24.1 % of theory) C26H23CIN4*Hl (M= 554.865) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 HPLC retention time: 4.59 min (method B) Example 3.63 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole CI
CND N

3.63a 2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazol-5-ylamine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.62b from 1.0 g (3.84 mmol) 5-nitro-2-(2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole (see 3.62a).
Yield: 840 mg (94.9 % of theory) C13H18N4 (M= 230.315) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 231 3.63b 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.62c from 840 mg (3.65 mmol) 2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazol-5-ylamine.
Yield: 440 mg (41.0 % of theory) C13H16BrN3 (M= 294.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 294/296 Boehringer Ingelheim 216 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 5.04 min (method A) 3.63c 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole Prepared according to general working method II from 5-bromo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole (440 mg, 1.50 mmol).
Yield: 170 mg (33.3 % of theory) C13H161N3 (M= 341.197) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 342 Rf value: 0.40 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 4:1) 3.63d 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole Prepared according to general working method I from 5-iodo-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2H-indazole (170 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (106 mg, 0.50 mmol).
Yield: 100 mg (42.3 % of theory) C26H23CIN4 (M= 426.953) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 427/429 HPLC retention time: 4.61 min (method B) Example 3.64 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridazine c ~N
N

3.64a 3-chloro-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridazine Under an argon atmosphere a solution of 11.3 g (70.5 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl boric acid in 50 mL 1,4-dioxane is added to a solution of 10.8 g (70.5 mmol) 3,6-dichloropyridazine, 10 mL (20 mmol) of a 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 600 mg (0.73 mmol) Pd(dppf)C12 in 150 mL 1,4-dioxane at 110 C
over 2 h. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at 110 C. 100 mL water are Boehringer Ingelheim 217 Case 1-1406 if added and the aqueous phase is extracted with 100 mL EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. Purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 4:1).
Yield: 8.00 g (50.4 % of theory) C10H6CI2N2 (M= 225.079) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 225/227/229 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 5.20 min (method A) 3.64b 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridazine Under an argon atmosphere 3.48 mL (25.0 mmol) triethylamine and 2.08 mL
(15.0 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane are added successively to a solution of 2.25 g (10.0 mmol) 3-chloro-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridazine in 50 mL
acetonitrile and 20 mL THE Then 292 mg (0.40 mmol) Pd(dppf)C12 and 76 mg (0.40 mmol) Cul are added. The reaction solution is stirred overnight at RT.
The solvent is eliminated i.vac, and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 1.00 g (34.9 % of theory) C15H15CIN2Si (M= 286.839) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 287/289 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 287/289 Rf value: 0.45 (silica gel, DCM) 3.64c 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-ethynyl-pyridazine 1.10 g (3.49 mmol) TBAF are added at 0 C to a solution of 1.00 g (3.49 mmol) 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridazine in 10 mL DCM.
The ice bath is removed and the reaction solution is stirred for 30 min. Water is added and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is reacted without any further purification.
Yield: 700 mg (93.5 % of theory) C12H7CIN2 (M= 214.656) Boehringer Ingelheim 218 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 215/217 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 215/217 HPLC retention time: 5.16 min (method B) 3.64d 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yi-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridazine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (200 mg, 0.63 mmol) and 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-ethynyl-pyridazine (135 mg, 0.63 mmol).
Yield: 15 mg (5.9 % of theory) C24H22CIN30 (M= 403.915) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 HPLC retention time: 5.01 min (method A) Example 3.65 5-(4-chloro-ph enyl)-3-fluoro-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl -piperid in-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine CI
F

N
N~\ I ~

3.65a 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 a from 5.72 g (26.0 mmol) 4-iodo-phenol and 4.20 g (26.0 mmol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidine.
Yield: 2.60 g (29.0 % of theory) C14H201N0 (M= 345.226) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 346 HPLC retention time: 5.70 min (method A) 3.65b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-nitro-pyridin-2-ol 23.5 g (150 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid are added under argon to a solution of 22.1 g (101 mmol) 5-bromo-3-nitro-pyridin-2-ol, 200 mL (400 Boehringer Ingelheim 219 Case 1-1406 if mmol) of a 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 731 mg (1.00 mmol) Pd(dppf)C12 in 400 mL acetone and 80 mL water. The reaction mixture is stirred for 18 h at 60 C.
Acetone is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is adjusted to pH 7 with 160 mL 1 M citric acid. The aqueous phase is extracted three times with EtOAc and once with MeOH. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is triturated with EtOAc.
Yield: 9.70 g (22.0 % of theory) C11 H7CIN2O3 (M= 250.643) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 249/251 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 249/251 HPLC retention time: 6.83 min (method A) 3.65c 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-nitro-pyridine 13.2 g (93.0 mmol) phosphorus pentoxide are added to a solution of 9.70 g (38.7 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-nitro-pyridin-2-ol and 14.5 mmol (45.0 mmol) tetrabutylammonium bromide in 100 mL toluene. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 h at 95 C. After cooling the toluene phase is decanted off and the residue is twice combined with toluene and decanted off. The combined organic phases are washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is further reacted without any more purification.
Yield: 4.90 g (40.4 % of theory) C11 H6BrCIN2O2 (M= 313.540) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 313/315/317 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 6.01 min (method B) 3.65d 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-3-ylamine A solution of 5.60 g (17.9 mmol) 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-nitro-pyridine, 20.3 g (90.0 mmol) tin(ll)-chloride and 18.9 g (225 mmol) NaHCO3 in 300 mL
EtOAc is refluxed for30 h. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
The residue is triturated with DCM and after filtration the filter residue is dried in the air.

Boehringer Ingelheim 220 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 3.50 g (69.1 % of theory) C11 H8BrCIN2 (M= 283.557) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 283/285/287 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 5.45 min (method B) 3.65e 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-pyridine 243 mg (3.53 mmol) sodium nitrite in 0.5 mL water are added dropwise at -5 C to a solution of 1.00 g (3.53 mmol) 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-3-ylamine in 2 mL water and 2.04 mL concentrated HCI. Then at 0 C 1.56 mL
(10.6 mmol) 60% hexafluorophosphoric acid in water are added and the reaction is stirred for a further hour at 0 C. The diazonium salt is suction filtered, washed with cold water, isopropanol and ether and dried overnight in the desiccator at RT and 7 mbar. This is then added batchwise at 90 C to 50 mL PE (boiling point 100-140 C). After the reaction solution has cooled the mixture is made alkaline with saturated Na2CO3 solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is washed successively with saturated Na2CO3 solution and water. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac..
The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE).
Yield: 460 mg (45.5 % of theory) C11H6BrCIFN (M= 286.533) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 286/288/290 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

HPLC retention time: 6.24 min (method B) 3.65f 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.64b from 460 mg (1.61 mmol) 2-bromo-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-pyridine and 0.33 mL (2.41 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane.
Yield: 490 mg (100 % of theory) C16H15CIFNSi (M= 303.842) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 304/306 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 304/306 Boehringer Ingelheim ~-2~Z1Case 1-1406 ff 3.65g 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-3-fluoro-pyridine The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.64c from 490 mg (1.61 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridine.
Yield: 300 mg (57.4 % of theory) C13H7CIFN (M= 231.659) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 232/234 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 232/234 3.65h 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine (164 mg, 0.48 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-3-fluoro-pyridine (110 mg, 0.48 mmol).
Yield: 14 mg (6.6 % of theory) C27H26CIFN20 (M= 448.972) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 449/451 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 449/451 HPLC retention time: 5.16 min (method B) Example 3.66 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-methanesulphony-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline J _ \
C)N
0 -u 0.13 mL (0.93 mmol) triethylamine and 36 pL (0.47 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added successively at 0 C to a solution of 200 mg (0.47 mmol) 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-l-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (see Example 3.46) in 5 mL DCM. The reaction mixture is heated to RT and stirred for a further hour at this temperature.
Another 36 pL (0.47 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added and the mixture is stirred for a further hour at RT. The reaction mixture is poured onto Boehringer Ingelheim 222 Case 1-1406 if water and exhaustively extracted with DCM. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography using HPLC-MS.
Yield: 9 mg (3.8 % of theory) C28H28CIN302S (M= 506.071) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 506/508 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 506/508 HPLC retention time: 5.26 min (column from method A; isocratic: 30%
acetonitrile) Example 3.67 1-{6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl}-ethanone j N
ON

74 pL (0.77 mmol) acetic anhydride are added to a solution of 220 mg (0.51 mmol) 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (see Example 3.46) in 5 mL DCM and the mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT. Another 0.37 mL (3.85 mmol) acetic anhydride are added and the reaction is stirred for a further 4 days at RT. The solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography using HPLC-MS.
Yield: 105 mg (43.5 % of theory) C29H28CIN3O (M= 470.019) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 470/472 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 470/472 HPLC retention time: 7.08 min (method A) Example 3.68 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-pyridin-2-yl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 223 Case 1-1406 if CI
N
~

30 mg (0.24 mmol) pyridine-3-boric acid are added to a solution of 115 mg (0.24 mmol) 2-[3-bromo-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine (see Example 3.7), 0.5 mL (1.00 mmol) of a 2 M
Na2CO3 solution and 15 mg (0.24 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium in 1 mL 1,4-dioxane and 0.3 mL methanol. The reaction mixture is refluxed for 6 h. After filtration the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM to DCM/MeOH/NH3 1:1:0.1).
Yield: 1.8 mg (1.6 % of theory) C30H26CIN3O (M= 480.01) Calc.: molpeak (M-H)-: 480/482 Found: molpeak (M-H)-: 480/482 HPLC retention time: 6.50 min (method A) Example 3.69 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-l -yl)-ethoxy]-naphthyl-1-ylethynyl}-pyridine CI
j N

3.69a 1-[2-(4-bromo-naphthyl-1-yloxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidin The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1 e from 1.0 g (5.35 mmol) 4-bromo-naphthyl-1-ol and 323 mg (2.00 mmol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidine.
Yield: 530 mg (97.0 % of theory) C18H22BrNO (M= 348.286) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 348/350 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 348/350 Boehringer Ingelheim 224 Case 1-1406 if HPLC retention time: 7.10 min (method A) 3.69b 1-[2-(4-iodo-naphthyl-1-yloxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[2-(4-bromo-naphthyl-1-yloxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine (530 mg, 1.52 mmol).
Yield: 500 mg (83.1 % of theory) C18H221NO (M= 395.287) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 396 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 396 HPLC retention time: 6.74 min (method A) 3.69c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-l-yl)-ethoxy]-naphthyl-1-ylethynyl}-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-naphthyl-l-yloxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine (277 mg, 0.70 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (150 mg, 0.70 mmol).
Yield: 66 mg (19.6 % of theory) C31 H29CIN2O (M= 481.043) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 481/483 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 481/483 Rf value: 0.60 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 3.70 2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1 -yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-5-phenyl-pyridine N
N I
~~
O
3.70a 5-bromo-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1 -yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-4-methyl-piperidine (345 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 5-bromo-2-ethynyl-pyridine (83 mg, 0.39 mmol).
Yield: 100 mg (25.0 % of theory) C21 H23BrN2O (M= 399.334) Boehringer Ingelheim 225 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 399/401 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 399/401 Rf value: 0.83 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 3.70.b 2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-5-phenyl-pyridine Under an argon atmosphere 30 mg (0.25 mmol) phenylboric acid are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.25 mmol) 5-bromo-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine, 0.25 mL (0.50 mmol) of a 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 4 mg (0.01 mmol) Pd(dppf)CI2 in 5 mL 1,4-dioxane and 2 mL
MeOH. The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 days at 90 C. The reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and the organic phase is washed with 40 mL water and finally with saturated NaCl solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The purification is carried out using HPLC-MS and by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient: DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5 to DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).
Yield: 27 mg (27.2 % of theory) C27H28N20 (M= 396.537) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 397 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 397 HPLC retention time: 7.61 min (method A) Example 3.71 5-(4-chloro-p henyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl- piperidin-1-yI)-propoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine I
v NY\O ~

3.71 a 1-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-propan-2-ol The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.1e from 1.39 g (10.0 mmol) 1-bromo-2-propanol and 2.20 g (10.0 mmol) 4-iodophenol.
Yield: 2.00 g (71.9 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 226 Case 1-1406 if C9H111O2 (M= 278.091) Calc.: molpeak (M+Na)+: 301 Found: molpeak (M+Na)+: 301 Rf value: 0.20 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 4:1) 3.71b 1-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-propan-2-ol Prepared according to general working method I from 1-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-propan-2-ol (2.00 g, 7.19 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (1.54 g, 7.20 mmol).
Yield: 1.50 g (57.3 % of theory) C22H18CIN02 (M= 363.847) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 364/366 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 364/366 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc/DCM 1:1:8) 3.71c 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-1-methyl-ethyl methanesulphonate 0.35 mL (4.50 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added at RT to a solution of 1.50 g (4.12 mmol) 1-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-propan-2-ol and 1.14 mL (8.20 mmol) triethylamine in 80 mL THE
and the reaction is stirred for 3 h at this temperature. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and the residue is combined with 40 mL tert-butylmethylether and 60 mL water. The precipitate is suction filtered and further purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc).
Yield: 1.00 g (54.9 % of theory) C23H20CIN04S (M= 441.937) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Rf value: 0.78 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc/DCM 1:1:8) 3.71d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine 0.21 mL (1.80 mmol) 4-methylpiperidine are added to a solution of 133 mg (0.30 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-1-methyl-ethyl methanesulphonate in 2 mL DMF and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at Boehringer Ingelheim 227 Case 1-1406 if 60 C and 6 h at 80 C. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is triturated with isopropanol, suction filtered and dried at 30 C in the circulating air dryer.
Yield: 65 mg (48.7 % of theory) C28H29CIN20 (M= 445.009) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 HPLC retention time: 5.37 min (method B) Example 3.72 (1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-methylpiperidine N
N~N N~

3.72a (R)-1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol The product is obtained analogously to Example 3.31 a (reaction time: 60 min at 140 C) from 2.72 g (11.5 mmol) 2,5-dibromopyridine and 1.00 g (11.5 mmol) (R)-3-pyrrolidinole.
Yield: 1.20 g (43.0 % of theory) C9H11BrN2O (M= 243.105) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 242/244 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 242/244 HPLC retention time: 3.43 min (method A) 3.72b (R)-1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol Prepared according to general working method II from (R)-1-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yI)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (1.20 g, 4.94 mmol).
Yield: 1.30 g (90.8 % of theory) C91-11 11 N20 (M= 290.105) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 291 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 291 HPLC retention time: 3.48 min (method A) Boehringer Ingeiheim 228 Case 1-1406 if 3.72c (R)-1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-ol Prepared according to general working method I from (R)-1-(5-iodo-pyridin-2-yl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (1.30 g, 4.48 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (957 mg, 4.48 mmol).
Yield: 1.36 g (80.7 % of theory) C22H18CIN30 (M= 375.861) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 376/378 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 376/378 HPLC retention time: 6.76 min (method A) 3.72d 1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-one 0.43 mL (5.32 mmol) pyridine and 2.26 g (0.80 mmol, 15 percent by weight) Dess-Martin-periodinane in DCM are added to a solution of 200 mg (0.53 mmol) (R)-1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-ol in 10 mL DCM. The reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at RT and added to a solution of semisaturated NaHCO3 solution and tert-butylmethylether. The aqueous phase is extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The product is further reacted without purification.
Yield: 100 mg (35.2 % of theory) C22H16CIN30 (M= 373.845) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 374/376 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 374/376 3.72e (1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-yl)-4-methylpiperidine 48 mg (0.22 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 and 27 pL (0.47 mmol) acetic acid are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.19 mmol, 70% purity) 1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-one and 22 pL 4-methylpiperidine (0.19 mmol) in 5 mL THF. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight and combined with saturated NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 and the solvent is Boehringer Ingelheim 229 Case 1-1406 if eliminated i.vac.. Further purification is carried out by column chromatography using HPLC-MS.
Yield: 11 mg (12.9 % of theory) C28H29CIN4 (M= 457.023) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 457/459 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 457/459 HPLC retention time: 5.19 min (method A) Example 3.73 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-prop-1 -ynyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine I \.I \
2 Nj CN, 3.73a 1-[3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method I from 4-bromo-iodobenzene (10.9 g, 38.5 mmol) and 1-prop-2-ynyl-pyrrolidine (4.20 g, 71% purity, 27.3 mmol).
Yield: 6.40 g (88.7 % of theory) C13H14BrN (M= 264.167) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 264/266 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 264/266 3.73b 1-[3-(4-iodo-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared according to general working method II from 1-[3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyl]-pyrrolidine (3.2 g, 12.1 mmol).
Yield: 230 mg (4.6 % of theory) C13H14IN (M= 311.168) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 312 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 312 3.73c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-prop-l -ynyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 230 Case 1-1406 if Prepared according to general working method I from 1-[3-(4-iodo-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyl]-pyrrolidine (230 mg, 75%, 0.55 mmol) and 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine (118 mg, 0.55 mmol).
Yield: 96 mg (43.7 % of theory) C26H21 CIN2 (M= 396.924) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 397/399 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 397/399 HPLC retention time: 5.03 min (method B) Example 3.74 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline ~I
C'N

37 mg (1.23 mmol) paraformaldehyde in 1.8 mL THE are added to a solution of 350 mg (0.82 mmol) 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (see Example 3.46) in 1.6 mL THF.
0.24 mL acetic acid and 1.2 mL THE are added to this mixture. Finally, 1.00 g (2.05 mmol) cyanoborohydride resin (macroporous polystyrene, load: 2.04 mmol/g) are added and the mixture is stirred for 16 hat RT. After filtration the filtrate is combined with 1.50 g (2.15 mmol) toluenesulphonic acid resin (macroporous polystyrene, load: 1.43 mmol/g), shaken for 30 min and suction filtered. The solvent is eliminated i.vac. and purification is carried out by column chromatography using HPLC-MS.
Yield: 33 mg (9.1 % of theory) C28H28CIN3 (M= 442.008) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 HPLC retention time: 5.22 min (method B) Example 4 Boehringer Ingelheim 231 Case 1-1406 if 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine I, 4a 2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethanol A suspension of 11 g (50 mmol) 4-iodophenol, 3.88 mL (55 mmol) 2-bromoethanol and 8.3 g (60 mmol) K2CO3 in 60 mL acetone is refluxed for 24 h. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is combined with water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 7:3).
Yield: 2.9 g (22.0 % of theory) C8H9102 (M= 264.064) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 264 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 264 Rf value: 0.24 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 4b 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethanol Under an argon atmosphere 253 mg (0.22 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 42 mg (0.22 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 2.9 g (11 mmol) 2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethanol and 2.35 g (11 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine in 50 mL piperidine and the reaction mixture is stirred for 30 min at RT. The solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is combined with water and stirred with EtOAc. The product precipitated is suction filtered and dried.
Yield: 2.1 g (54.7 % of theory) C21 H16CIN02 (M= 349.820) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 350 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 350 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 232 Case 1-1406 if 4c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine 23 pL (0.29 mmol) methanesuiphonic acid chloride are added dropwise to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 85 mg (0.24 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethanol and 41 pL (0.29 mmol) triethylamine in mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 h at this temperature. 46 pL (0.58 mmol) 2,5-dihydro-1 H-pyrrole are added dropwise, the mixture is heated to RT and stirred overnight. 1 mL of DMF is added and the mixture is heated for 8 h to 70 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 16 mg (16.4 % of theory) C25H21 CIN2O (M= 400.912) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 401/403 Rf value: 0.16 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 95:5) Example 4.1 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI

4.1 a 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesuIphonate 0.59 mL (7.55 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added dropwise to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 2.2 g (6.29 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethanol and 1.74 mL (12.58 mmol) triethylamine in 25 mL THF. The reaction mixture is heated to RT and stirred for 2 h. To complete the reaction 5 mL pyridine are added and kept at RT for a further 18 h. The Boehringer Ingelheim 233 Case 1-1406 if solvent is eliminated i.vac., the residue is combined with water and triturated with diethyl ether. The product precipitated is suction filtered and dried.
Yield: 2.4 g (89.2 % of theory) C22H 18CIN04S (M= 427.910) Cale.: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 428/430 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 4.1b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine 99 pL (1.0 mmol) piperidine are added to a solution of 85.6 mg (0.2 mmol) of 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesuIphonate in 2 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The solvent is distilled off i.vac., the residue is stirred with 5 mL
water and 40 mL DCM, the organic phase is separated off and dried with Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is triturated with 20 mL diethyl ether and suction filtered.
Yield: 62 mg (74.3 % of theory) C26H25CIN20 (M= 416.955) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 HPLC retention time: 6.51 min (method A) Boehringer Ingelheim 234 Case 1-1406 ff The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 4.1 b:
CI
N

R~~~

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention formula spectrum time in min (method) 4.2 [1N 48.9 C241-121C1N20 389/391 6.15 (A) [M+H] +

4.3 CH, 27.5 C281-124C1N30 454/456 7.25 (A) N
[M+H]+
4.4 H 28.4 C27H22CIN30 440/442 7.46 (A) N " [M+H]+

4.5 50.3 C27H27CIN2O2 447/449 7.46 (A) N
0 [M+H]+
4.6 N 3 27.2 C28H30CIN30 460/462 5.86 (A) [M+H]+
N
H3C' 4.7 69.9 C30H25CIN20 465/467 7.98 (A) N,, [M+H] +

4.8 N 55.8 C25H23CIN20 403/405 6.24 (A) [M+H]+
4.9 CN-CN 72.0 C301-132C1N30 486/488 5.54 (A) [M+H]+
4.10 65.6 C25H23CIN202 418/420 6.38 (A) N [M+H] +

4.11 3 ~ 48.6 C26H26CIN30 432/434 5.78 (A) [M+H]+

Boehringer Ingelheim 235 Case 1-1406 if 4.12 50.3 C27H27CIN202 447/449 0.80 N
O-; [M+H]+ (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 4.13 N" 33.0 C32H36CIN3O3 546/548 0.75 [M+H] + (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 a 90:10:1) 4.14 54.0 C26H25C1N20 417/419 0.78 N
[M+H]+ (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 4.1 b, while after the elimination of the solvent the reaction mixture is combined with 5 mL
saturated NaHCO3 solution, extracted with 40 mL DCM and after the organic phase has been removed it is dried with Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel.

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention formula spectrum time in min (method) 4.15 A/ 57.9 C30H32CIN303 518/520 7.94 (A) 0 0 [M+H]+

HNN.

4.16 N 3 73.7 C24H23CIN202 407/409 6.29 (A) Obi [M+H]+
4.17 C, H, 61.8 C29H25CIN20 453/455 7.81 (A) N [M+H] +

3 eq. of the corresponding amine are added to a solution of 1 eq. 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesulphonate in DMF
(2 mL/0.25 mmol) and the reaction mixture is stirred for 16-72 h at 60-70 C .
The working up is done by 2 alternative methods:

Boehringer Ingelheim 236 Case 1-1406 ff Alternative A: The reaction mixture is purified directly by HPLC.
Alternative B: After the reaction mixture has cooled the precipitate formed is combined with 1.5 mL isopropanol, suction filtered, washed with a little isopropanol and dried overnight at 30 C in the circulating air dryer.
The following compounds are obtained by this method:
~cII
Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention (variant) formula spectrum time in min (method) 4.18 53.6 C33H38CIN303 560/562 5.44 (B) oN (A) [M+H] +

4.19 37.6 C311-34C1N303 532/534 5.24 (B) O
H (A) [M+H]+
cN

4.20 0 42.1 C27H27CIN202 447/449 7.19 (A) (A) [M+H]+
4.21 41.3 C281-129C1N20 445/447 7.95 (A) N (A) [M+H]+

4.22 d 40.3 C27H27CIN2O2 447/449 4.68 (B) (A) (M+H]+
4.23 69.3 C30H32CIN302 502/504 6.86 (A) O N~
cH, N ~ (A) [M+H]+

Boehringer Ingelheim 237 Case 1-1406 if 4.24 70.2 C26H25CIN2O2 433/435 4.68 (A) N
H, 0 (A) [M+H]+

4.25 27.0 C28H29CIN2O 445/447 5.30 (B) (A) [M+H]+
4.26 23.4 C28H29CIN2O 445/447 8.09 (A) (A) [M+H]+
4.27 -o' 70.7 C27H27CIN2O2 447/449 6.79 (A) N (A) [M+H] +

4.28 20.0 C29H31CIN2O 459/461 5.49 (B) N (B) [M+H]+

4.29 66.6 C36H42CIN3O3 600/602 5.70 (B) 0 C C (B) [M+H]+

4.30 Y 9.2 C27H29CIN2O 433/435 5.20 (B) IN ' (A) [M+H] +

4.31 H 3 22.9 C30H34CIN3O 488/490 5.60 (A) CH3 (A) [M+H] +

4.32 H, 0 87.0 C27H26CIN3O2 460/462 0.12 H (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.33 48.0 C26H25CIN2O2 433/435 0.13 N(B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.34 39.0 C27H27CIN2O 431/433 0.28 N (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.35 61.7 C31H29CIN2O 493/495 0.35 N (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Boehringer Ingelheim 238 Case 1-1406 ff 4.36 H 20.4 C30H31CIN2O 471/473 0.25 H (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 N
95:5:0.5) 4.37 iTh H 75.6 C30H31CIN2O 471/473 0.23 H (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 N
95:5:0.5) 4.38 69.0 C31H34CIN3O2 516/518 0.20 N.' (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 N o 95:5:0.5) 4.39 40.5 C26H23CIN2O 415/417 0.22 CN
(B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.40 63.5 C29H25CIN2O 485/487 0.18 s!n N (B) S [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 4.41 3 `Nh 38.8 C29H32CIN3O 474/476 0.09 (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.42 41.7 C30H31CIN2O 471/473 0.30 N (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.43 55.8 C29H31CIN2O 459/461 0.23 N ' (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) 4.44 29.7 C28H29CIN2O 445/447 0.32 (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 4.45 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-[4,4']bipiperidine Boehringer Ingelheim 239 Case 1-1406 if HEN/~ J
/N\/\~~

3 mL of a 5 N HCI solution in isopropanol are added to a solution of 200 mg (0.33 mmol) tert-butyl 1'-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-[4,4']bipiperidinyl-1-carboxylate (Example 4.29) in 5 mL DCM
and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. It is diluted with 30 mL
DCM, neutralised with saturated NaHCO3 solution, combined with 30 mL water, the aqueous phase is extracted exhaustively with DCM and the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 127 mg (76.3 % of theory) C31 H34CIN30 (M= 500.089) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 500/502 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 500/502 Rf value: 0.10 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 4.46 (R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-3-ylamine j N
NO I

1.5 mL of a 5 N HCI solution in isopropanol are added to a solution of 110 mg (0.21 mmol) tert-butyl [(R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-3-yl]-carbaminate (Example 4.19) in 5 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. The precipitate formed is combined with a little tert-butylmethylether, filtered, washed with tert-butyl meth yl ether and dried at 30 C.
Yield: 104 mg (99.5 % of theory) C26H26CIN3O*2HCI (M= 504.892) Boehringer Ingelheim 240 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 432/434 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 432/434 Rf value: 0.27 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 4.47 [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-methyl-amine N H

Prepared analogously to Example 4.46 from 160 mg (0.29 mmol) tert-butyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-methyl-carbaminate (Example 4.18).
Yield: 156 mg (100 % of theory) C28H30CIN30*2HCI (M= 532.946) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Rf value: 0.13 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 4.48 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine CI
N
'0 HzN
N-'~O

1 mL trifluoroacetic acid are added to a solution of 45 mg (0.09 mmol) tert-butyl [1-(2-(4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-carbaminate (Example 4.15) in 5 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 20 mL DCM, the organic phase is washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 15 mg (41.3 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 241 Case 1-1406 if C25H24CIN30 (M= 417.943) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 418/420 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 418/420 HPLC retention time: 5.86 min (method A) Example 4.49 (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-methyl-piperidin-4-yl-amine CI
H
60 pL (0.8 mmol) trifluoroacetic acid are added to a solution of 22 mg (0.04 mmol) tert-butyl 4-[(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-methyl-amino]-piperidin-1-carboxylate in 5 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac. and the residue is stirred with diethyl ether. The precipitate is suction filtered, washed with diethyl ether and dried.
Yield: 12 mg (67.3 % of theory) C27H28CIN30*CF3000H (M= 560.017) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 445/447 Rf value: 0.07 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2) Example 4.50 methyl 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl )-pyrrol idine-2-carboxylate / CI
oII, ~Oi \ j N
Nom., ~ /

0.15 mL ethyldiisopropylamine and 73 mg (0.44 mmol) proline-methyl ester (used as the hydrochloride) are added to a solution of 171 mg (0.4 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesuIphonate Boehringer Ingelheim 242 Case 1-1406 if in 2 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac. and the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 10 mg (5.4 % of theory) C27H25CIN203 (M= 460.965) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 461/463 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 461/463 Rf value: 0.79 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) The following compounds may be prepared by the methods described:

/ NJ

Example R
4.51 4.52 CF, 4.53 4.54 ",o ,lI
4.55 4.56 Boehringer Ingelheim 243 Case 1-1406 if 4.57 Example 4.58 [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-dimethyl-amine hydrochloride CI
H
H3C,N.,CH3 CI-N

Saturated ethereal HCl solution is added to a solution of 15 mg (0.03 mmol) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-dimethyl-amine (Example 4.41) in 6 mL DCM and 4 mL acetone until no more precipitate is formed during the addition. The salt formed is suction filtered in a nitrogen current and dried.
Yield: 10 mg (61.2 % of theory) C29H32CIN3O*HCI (M= 510.512) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 474/476 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 474/476 Fp: >250 C

Example 5 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine CI
\ \ I

N
O
5a 2-(4-iodo-2-methyl-phenoxy)-ethanol Under an N2 atmosphere 2.34 g (10 mmol) 4-iodo-2-methyl-phenol are added to a suspension batchwise, cooled to 0 C, of 0.48 g (11 mmol) NaH in 50 mL
THE and stirred for a further 30 min at this temperature. Then 0.85 mL (12 Boehringer Ingelheim 244 Case 1-1406 ff mmol) 2-bromoethanol, dissolved in 5 mL THF, are added dropwise and the mixture is stirred for 18 h at RT. 5 mL of DMF are added and the reaction mixture is heated to 70 C for 8 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc and dried with Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (cyc/EtOAc 7:3).
Yield: 0.39 g (14.0 % of theory) C91-11 1102 (M= 278.091) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 279 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 279 Rf value: 0.28 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 5b 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethanol Prepared analogously to Example 4b from 380 mg (1.37 mmol) 2-(4-iodo-2-methyl-phenoxy)-ethanol and 292 mg (1.37 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyl-pyridine in 38 mL piperidine.
Yield: 340 mg (68.4 % of theory) C22H 18CIN02 (M= 363.847) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 364 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 364 Rf value: 0.26 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5c 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesulphonate Prepared analogously to Example 4.1a from 310 mg (0.93 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethanol and 88 pL (1.12 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride.
Yield: 300 mg (72.7 % of theory) C23H2OCINO4S (M= 441.937) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 442/444 Rf value: 0.35 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5d 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 245 Case 1-1406 ff A solution of 110 mg (0.25 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesulphonate in 2.11 mL (25 mmol) pyrrolidine is heated to 70 C for 3 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, extracted exhaustively with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated and after recrystallisation from EtOH the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 55 mg (52.8 % of theory) C26H25CIN2O (M= 416.955) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 HPLC retention time: 7.19 min (method A) Example 5.1 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine CI
j N

N
C

Prepared analogously to Example 5d from 110 mg (0.25 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesulphonate and 1.92 mL (25 mmol) 2,5-dihydro-1 H-pyrrole.
Yield: 10 mg (9.6 % of theory) C26H23CIN2O (M= 414.939) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 415/417 Rf value: 0.50 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Example 5.2 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-isopropyl-piperidin-1 -yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine Boehringer Ingelheim 246 Case 1-1406 if CI

{ / N

164 mg (1.0 mmol) 4-isopropyl-piperidine (used as the hydrochloride) are added to a solution of 88 mg (0.2 mmol) 2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl methanesuiphonate and 0.34 mL (2 mmol) ethyldiisopropylamine in 1.8 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT. It is filtered using an injection filter and the reaction mixture is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 18 mg (19.4 % of theory) C30H33CIN20 (M= 473.063) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 473/475 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 473/475 HPLC retention time: 5.70 min (method B) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2:
CI
N-~

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention formula spectrum time in min (method) 5.3 N 18.3 C321-29C1N20 493/495 5.70 (B) [M+H]+
5.4 H3C_N'/-~ 48.9 C281-130C1N30 460/462 4.22 (B) \-/N [M+H] +

5.5 10.9 C291-131C1N20 459/461 5.49 (B) N
[M+H]+

Boehringer Ingelheim 247 Case 1-1406 if 5.6 25.6 C33H31CIN20 507/509 5.73 (B) ap [M+H] +

5.7 20.2 C27H25CIN202 445/447 4.82 (B) \CN. [M+H] +

5.8 H 24.6 C27H27CIN202 447/449 4.69 (B) N [M+H]+
5.9 17.3 C34H33CIN20 521/523 5.83 (B) N
[M+H]+
5.10 N 40.1 C32H31CIN40 523/525 4.25 (B) N N [M+H]+

5.11 ON 12.3 C27H27CIN202 447/449 4.89 (B) H [M+H]+

5.12 -0 31.0 C26H27CIN203 451/453 4.62 (B) [M+H] +

5.13 " 17.7 C26H23CIN20 415/417 5.03 (B) [M+H]+
5.14 29.8 C29H31CIN20 459/461 5.46 (B) nJ
[M+H] +

5.15 3 N 52.9 C28H30CIN30 460/462 4.15 (B) H3c [M+H] +

5.16 21.4 C31H34CIN303 532/534 5.43 (B) [M+H]+
ON

5.17 19.8 C29H31CIN20 459/461 5.43 (B) [M+H]

Boehringer Ingelheim 248 Case 1-1406 if 5.18 28.1 C28H28CIN302 474/476 4.66 (B) o [M+H]+
N

5.19 o H 11.4 C33H38CIN303 560/562 5.60 (B) t [M+H]+
5.20 7.4 C28H30CIN303S 524/526 4.79 (B) 'S- N N
o' "0 [M+H]+

5.21 - 13.5 C30H31CIN203 503/505 5.16 (B) O N
[M+HI+
5.22 14.0 C32H35CIN203 531/533 5.39 (B) [M+H]+
N.

5.23 N 16.6 C31H36CIN30 502/504 4.15 (B) N [M+H]+
5.24 24.5 C33H40CIN30 530/532 4.19 (B) N

5.25 N 3 4.8 C33H38CIN30 528/530 4.22 (B) N [M+H]+
5.26 24.0 C34H31CIN4O2 563/565 4.92 (B) N
[M+H]+
NN

Boehringer Ingelheim 249 Case 1-1406 if 5.27 O=s=- 36.8 C35H34CIN3O3S 612/614 5.43 (B) N
[M+H]+
N

The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2, while after the reaction has ended the reaction mixture is evaporated down i.vac. , the residue is combined with water, the aqueous phase is exhaustively extracted with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH 95:5 or 8:2).

R~\O

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention formula spectrum time in min (method) 5.28 H30\ 37.6 C29H30CIN3O 472/474 4.05 (B) [M+H] +
N, 5.29 '0 35.8 C32H30CIN3O2 524/526 5.43 (B) N N [M+H]+

5.30 60.7 C28H29CIN2O 446/448 5.26 (B) OW, [M+H]+
5.31 i 0_H 37.1 C33H31CIN2O2 523/525 5.33 (B) [M+H] +

Boehringer Ingelheim 250 Case 1-1406 if 5.32 53.2 C29H31CIN2O 459/461 5.53 (B) [M+H] +

5.33 48.8 C28H29CIN2O 445/447 5.26 (B) " M+H +

5.34 46.1 C30H25CIN2O 465/467 5.33 (B) [M+H] +

The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2, while the reaction mixture is heated to 60 C for between 4 and 18 h as necessary.
After the reaction has ended the reaction mixture is evaporated down i.vac., the residue is combined with water, the aqueous phase is extracted exhaustively with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on Alox.

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass Rf value on Alox formula spectrum (eluant) 5.35 0 ` 64.7 C26H25CIN2O2 433/435 0.52 ~N' = [M+H]+ (EtOAc) 5.36 O` 74.8 C28H29CIN2O2 461/463 0.31 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 48.5 C26H25CIN2O2 433/435 0.52 5.37 0-ON
M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:2) [

5.38 -0 78.1 C28H29CIN2O2 461/463 0.38 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:3) 5.39 11 65.3 C27H25CIN2O 429/431 0.70 N [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 251 Case 1-1406 if 5.40 49.7 C29H29CIN2O2 473/475 0.34 H " , [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5.41 52.6 C27H27CIN2O2 447/449 0.21 H, N
. = [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5.42 81.8 C28H26CIF3N202 499/501 0.57 " ~ = [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 3:1) 5.43 47.0 C27H27CIN2O 431/433 0.72 CN [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 5.44 N H, 12.0 C26H25C1N20 417/419 0.52 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 4:1) 5.45 -o' 32.6 C27H26CIN3O2 461/463 0.27 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) C
5.46 'o' 44.3 C28H28CIN3O2 474/476 0.25 N [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 4:1) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2, while the reaction mixture is heated to 60 C for 18 h.

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass Rf value on Alox formula spectrum (eluant) 5.47 ~0 28.2 C28H29CIN2O2 461/463 0.40 " [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5.48 6.7 C281-131C1N20 447/449 0.63 " [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 4:1) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2, heating the reaction mixture to 60 C for between 6 and 14 h as necessary. After the reaction has ended the reaction mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the Boehringer Ingeiheim 252 Case 1-1406 if residue is combined with saturated K2CO3 solution, the aqueous phase exhaustively extracted with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on Alox.

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass Rf value on Alox formula spectrum (eluant) or HPLC
retention time in min (method) 5.49 N 5.5 C30H29CIN4O 497/499 0.36 ,N 4 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) N

5.50 3 -N 8.3 C32H36CIN3O 514/516 4.12 (B) N [M+H]+
5.51 3.9 C30H32CIN3O 486/488 4.46 (B) ON
"EN [M+H]+
N

5.52 H' CH3 36.2 C30H27CIN2O2 483/485 0.54 N [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 5.2, heating the reaction mixture to 100 C for between 3 and 18 h as necessary. After the reaction has ended the reaction mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with saturated K2CO3 solution, the aqueous phase is exhaustively extracted with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on Alox.

Boehringer Ingelheim 253 Case 1-1406 if Example R Yield (%) empirical mass Rf value on Alox formula spectrum (eluant) or HPLC
retention time in min (method) 5.53 CH 75.7 C30H32CIN302 502/504 0.31 HC'N N, 3 [M+H]+ (cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 5.5423.3 C32H36CIN30 514/516 4.22 (B) C~~No [M+H]+

5.55 15.2 C29H31CIN20 459/461 5.39 (B) N [M+H]+
Example 5.56 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ylamine CI
FIZN 1 \ / N

1 mL trifluoroacetic acid is added to a solution of 130 mg (0.23 mmol) tert.
butyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-yl]-carbaminate (Example 5.19) in 10 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac. (water bath temperature max. 30 C), the residue is combined with dilute K2CO3 solution, extracted exhaustively with DCM and the organic phase is dried with Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is triturated with diisopropylether, the precipitate is suction filtered and dried in the air.
Yield: 65 mg (60.9 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 254 Case 1-1406 if C28H30CIN30 (M= 460.024) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 HPLC retention time: 4.09 min (method B) The following compounds may be prepared by the processes described:
Example R

5.57 5.58 CF, 5.59 5.60 H,0 5.61 5.62 5.63 Boehringer Ingelheim 255 Case 1-1406 ff Example 6 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indole cI

I J
j N
`- N /
N ~

6a 2-(5-iodo-indol-1 -yl)-ethanol Under an N2 atmosphere 30 g (121 mmol) 5-iodoindole are added to a suspension of 27.1 g (484 mmol) KOH in 150 mL DMSO. The reaction mixture is kept for 1 h at RT, cooled to 0 C with ice water, 9.7 mL (145 mmol) of 2-chloroethanol in 30 mL DMSO are slowly added dropwise and stirred for 4.5 h at RT. The reaction mixture is combined with 1 L EtOAc, washed four times with in each case 800 mL water and once with 400 mL saturated NaCl solution and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 3:1).
Yield: 20.5 g (59.1 % of theory) C10H101NO (M= 287.102) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 HPLC retention time: 7.98 min (method A) 6b 2-(5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-indol-1 -yl)-ethanol 398 mg (2.1 mmol) Cul and 1.47 g (2.1 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 30 g (104 mmol) 2-(5-iodo-indol-1-yl)-ethanol and 18 mL (125 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane in 480 mL triethylamine and 120 mL THE and stirred for 30 min at 0 C and 2 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in 300 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with 150 mL water and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient: cyc/EtOAc 4:1 to 2:1).
Yield: 26.85 g (100 % of theory) C15H19NOSi (M= 257.411) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 258 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 258 Boehringer Ingelheim 256 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 6c 2-(5-ethynyl-indol-1-yl)-ethanol Under an N2 atmosphere 29 g (91.8 mmol) TBAF are added to a solution of 21.5 g (83.5 mmol) 2-(5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-indol-1-yl)-ethanol in 500 mL
THE and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in 300 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is washed twice with in each case 200 mL water and once with 200 mL
saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained in the form of a brown oil.
Yield: 15.46 g (100 % of theory) C12H11 NO (M= 185.228) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 186 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 186 HPLC retention time: 7.04 min (method A) 6d 2-(5-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-indol-1-yl)-ethanol Under an N2 atmosphere 29.4 g (124 mmol) 2,5-dibromo-pyridine, 241 mg (1.3 mmol) Cul and 888 mg (1.3 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 are added to a solution of 23.0 g (124 mmol) 2-(5-ethynyl-indol-1-yl)-ethanol and 35 mL (248 mmol) diisopropylamine in 1150 mL THE and the reaction mixture is heated to 50 C
for 3.5 h. Another 241 mg Cul and 888 mg Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 and 9 g (38 mmol) 2,5-dibromo-pyridine are added, the mixture is stirred for a further 2.5 h at 50 C, 64 h at RT and a further 8 h at 60 C. The mixture is evaporated down i.
vac., the residue is combined with 500 mL 3% NH3 solution and 800 mL
EtOAc. The precipitate formed is filtered off, washed with water and dried at 50 C.
The two phases of the filtrate are separated and the organic phase is evaporated down i.vac.. The residue is stirred vigorously with 500 mL
PE/diisopropylether (1:1) and suction filtered. The two product fractions are then combined.
Yield: 24.96 g (58.9 % of theory) C17H13BrN2O (M= 341.210) Boehringer Ingelheim 257 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 340/342 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 340/342 Rf value: 0.39 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 6e 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethanol Under an N2 atmosphere 56 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 1.29 g (1.1 mmol) tetra kis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 19.0 g (55.7 mmol) 2-[5-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-indol-1-yl]-ethanol and 11.55 g (72.4 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 320 mL 1,4-dioxane and 80 mL MeOH and the reaction mixture is heated to 110 C for 16 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 300 mL water and the suspension is stirred vigorously. The precipitate is filtered off and washed with 200 mL
water. The precipitate is suspended three times, each time with 600 mL
PE/DCM (5:1), suction filtered and finally dried in the air until a constant weight is obtained.
Yield: 17.11 g (82.4 % of theory) C23H17CIN20 (M= 372.858) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 373/375 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 373/375 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6f 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl methanesuIphonate Under an argon atmosphere 7.1 mL (51.5 mmol) triethylamine are added to a solution of 16.0 g (42.9 mmol) 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethanol in 480 mL THE and 30 mL pyridine and this is cooled to 0 C. Then a solution of 4 mL (51.5 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride in 20 mL THE is slowly added dropwise, the mixture is allowed to warm up to RT
and stirred for a further 2 h at RT. The reaction solution is filtered and evaporated down i.vac.. The residue is combined with 1 L DCM, washed with 400 mL water and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is suspended with 600 mL
PE/DCM (5:1), suction filtered and finally dried in the air until a constant weight is obtained.
Yield: 17.10 g (88.4 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 258 Case 1-1406 ff C24H 19CIN203S (M= 450.948) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 451/453 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 451/453 Rf value: 0.9 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6g 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indole 1.1 mL (13.3 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to a solution of 600 mg (1.33 mmol) 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl methanesulphonate in 12 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in a little DCM and the product is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) Yield: 301 mg (53.1 % of theory) C27H24CIN3 (M= 425.965) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Rf value: 0.44 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 6g, in each case using 5-20 eq. of the amine and stirring the reaction mixture for 24 h at RT (method A) or for 24 h at RT and for 24 h at 60 C (method B) or for 7.5 h at 80 C (method C) or for 48 h at 80 C (method D). DCM and water are added, the phases are separated and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography on Alox.

RN

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass Rf value on Alox (method) formula spectrum (eluant) or HPLC

Boehringer Ingelheim 259 Case 1-1406 ff retention time in min (method) 6.1 33.1 C27H24CIN3O 442/444 0.24 01- (A) " [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.2 0-O 35.2 C27H24CIN3O 442/444 0.46 (B) " [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 6.3 34.7 C28H26CIN3O 456/458 0.32 (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 6.4 22.1 C28H26CIN3 440/442 0.85 (B) " [M+HJ+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 6.5 0 26.3 C28H26C1N30 456/458 0.42 (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.6 0 21.9 C29H28CIN3O 470/472 0.21 (B) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.7 ,~ 27.0 C29H28CIN3O 470/472 0.07 (B) " [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.8 21.1 C28H26CIN3O 456/458 0.28 ,oj:: (B) H " [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.9 17.2 C29H28CIN3 454/456 0.33 (B) " . [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) 6.10 55.7 C29H28CIN3 454/456 0.16 (C) ON- [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 260 Case 1-1406 if 6.11 11.6 C301-130C1N3 468/470 0.18 (D) [M+H]+ (DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) Example 6.12 (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-propyl-amine CI

63 pL (0.44 mmol) cyclopropylmethyl-propyl-amine are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.22 mmol) 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl methanesulphonate in 2 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 16 h at 60 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in DCM, the organic phase is washed with water and dilute K2CO3 solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified twice by chromatography (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 8:2 and cyc/DCM 1:1).
Yield: 21 mg (20.2 % of theory) C30H30CIN3 (M= 468.047) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 468/470 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 468/470 Rf value: 0.37 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 8:2) Example 6.13 (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine Fi /
N

Boehringer Ingeiheim 2t" Case 1-1406 ff 0.46 mL (5.4 mmol) C-cyclopropyl-methylamine are added to a solution of 2.03 g (4.5 mmol) 2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-l-yl}-ethyl methanesuIphonate in 20 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at 60 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is stirred with DCM, the precipitate is suction filtered and dried in the air. The product is precipitated as the methanesulphonic acid salt.
Yield: 600 mg (25.5 % of theory) C27H24CIN3*CH4O3S (M= 522.07) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 HPLC retention time: 5.23 min (method B) Example 6.14 (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid in-2-ylethynyl]-indol-l-yl}-ethyl)-bis-cyclopropylmethyl-amine CI
36 pL (0.47 mmol) cyclopropanecarbaldehyde are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.24 mmol) (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-l-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine in 20 mL MeOH at RT and 15 min later 59 mg (0.94 mmol) NaBH4 and one drop of glacial acetic acid are added. The mixture is stirred for 1 h at RT, evaporated down i.vac., the residue is taken up in dilute K2CO3 solution, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is triturated with PE, suction filtered and dried.
Yield: 105 mg (93.1 % of theory) C31 H30CIN3 (M= 480.058) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 480/482 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 480/482 HPLC retention time: 5.53 min (method B) Example 6.15 Boehringer Ingelheim 262 Case 1-1406 ff (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-isobutyl-amine cI
N

N\~N

Prepared analogously to Example 6.14; after the working up described, the crude product is purified by chromatography (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 4:1).
Yield: 35 mg (41.5 % of theory) C31 H32CIN3 (M= 482.074) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 482/484 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 482/484 Rf value: 0.83 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 4:1) HPLC retention time: 5.7 min (method B) Example 6.16 (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-prop-2-ynyl-amine CI

N
N N

45 mg (0.33 mmol) K2CO3 and 13 pL (0.18 mmol) 3-bromo-propyne are added at RT to a solution of 70 mg (0.16 mmol) (2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine in 2 mL DMF
and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in water, extracted exhaustively with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 4:1).
Yield: 32 mg (42.1 % of theory) C30H26CIN3 (M= 464.015) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 464/466 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 464/466 Boehringer Ingelheim 263 Case 1-1406 if Rf value: 0.35 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 4:1) HPLC retention time: 5.86 min (method B) The following compounds may be prepared by the methods described in Examples 6.14 and 6.16:
ci / I \
R N /, Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention time formula spectrum in min (method) 6.17 6.18 CF3\

6.19 30.1 C30H28CIN3 466/468 5.5 (B) [M+H] +

6.20 ",0 6.21 Example 7 1-{3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-ynyl}-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole Boehringer Ingelheim 264 Case 1-1406 if c 7a 1 -prop-2-ynyl-1 H-indole-5-carbaldehyde 0.65 g (50% in mineral oil, 13.5 mmol) NaH are batchwise added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 2.0 g (13.5 mmol) 1 H-indole-5-carbaldehyde in 80 mL THE and after heating to RT stirred for 15 min. Then a solution of 1.6 mL
(80% in toluene, 15 mmol) propargyl bromide in 20 mL THE is slowly added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, the aqueous phase is exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient: cyc/EtOAc 4:1 to 2:1).
Yield: 0.65 g (26.4 % of theory) C12H9NO (M= 183.212) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 184 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 184 Rf value: 0.34 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 3:1) 7b 1-prop-2-ynyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole A solution of 250 mg (1.37 mmol) 1-prop-2-ynyl-1H-indole-5-carbaldehyde and 200 pL (2.37 mmol) pyrrolidine in 50 mL THE is adjusted to pH 5 with glacial acetic acid, combined with 550 mg (2.47 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 and stirred for 24 h at RT. 20 mL of saturated K2CO3 solution are added, the mixture is extracted with 50 mL EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 325 mg (100 % of theory) C16H18N2 (M= 238.335) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 239 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 239 Rf value: 0.38 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) Boehringer Ingelheim 265 Case 1-1406 if 7c 1-[3-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-prop-2-ynyl]-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole Under an argon atmosphere 5 mg (0.03 mmol) Cul and 18 mg (0.03 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2CI2 are added to a solution of 337 mg (1.41 mmol) 1-prop-2-ynyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indole and 345 mg (1.41 mmol) 2,5-dibromo-pyridine in 50 mL THE and 0.4 mL diisopropyla mine and the reaction mixture is stirred for 17 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in 30 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with 30 mL water and 30 mL
saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 145 mg (26.0 % of theory) C21 H20BrN3 (M= 394.318) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 394/396 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 394/396 Rf value: 0.62 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 7d 1-{3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-ynyl}-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole Under an argon atmosphere 0.5 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 10 mg (0.01 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyiphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 59 mg (0.15 mmol)1-[3-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-prop-2-ynyl]-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1 H-indole and 50 mg (0.32 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 5 mL 1,4-dioxane and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2.5 h at 110 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 3 mL water, extracted with 5 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 21.8 mg (34.1 % of theory) C27H24CIN3 (M= 425.965) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 426/428 HPLC retention time: 6.75 min (method A).

Boehringer Ingelheim 266 Case 1-1406 if Example 8 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenoxy)-prop-1-ynyl]-pyridine I
O % N

8a 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-yn-1-ol Under an N2 atmosphere 1 mL (7.22 mmol) triethylamine, 23 mg (0.1 mmol) Pd(OAc)2 and 57.5 mg (0.19 mmol) biphenyl-2-yl-di-tert-butyl-phosphane are added to a solution of 500 mg (2.36 mmol) 3-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-prop-2-yn-1-el and 600 mg (3.72 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 10 mL DMF and 2.5 mL water and the reaction mixture is stirred for 8 h at 60 C. Then 400 mg (2.48 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid are added and the mixture is stirred for a further 19 h at 60 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 10 mL water and 10 mL EtOAc, the aqueous phase is saturated with NaCl, the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc3 2:1).
Yield: 228 mg (39.6 % of theory) C14H10CINO(M= 243.695) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 244/246 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 244/246 Rf value: 0.23 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 8b 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenoxy)-prop-1 -ynyl]-pyridine 131 mg (0.5 mmol) triphenylphosphane are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.41 mmol) 3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-yn-1-ol and 88 mg (0.5 mmol) 4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenol in 4 mL THF. Then 0.1 mL (0.5 mmol) diisopropyl azo-dicarboxylate is slowly added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in 1 mL DMF and purified by HPLC. The product obtained, which still contains triphenylphosphane oxide, is again purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc after EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1).

Boehringer Ingelheim 267 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 6.5 mg (3.9 % of theory) C25H23CIN20(M= 402.928) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Rf value: 0.72 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Example 9 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenoxy)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine cI
I
/ N
N O

9a 4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl-but-3-yn-2-ol Under an argon atmosphere 38 mg (0.2 mmol) Cul and 143 mg (0.2 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2C12 are added to a solution of 0.99 mL (10.0 mmol) 2-methyl-but-3-yn-2-ol and 2.44 g (10.0 mmol) 2,5-dibromo-pyridine in 50 mL THE and 2.8 mL (20 mmol) diisopropylamine and the reaction mixture is stirred for 15 min at RT. The reaction mixture is combined with water, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1).
Yield: 2.0 g (83.3 % of theory) C10H10BrNO (M= 240.101) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 240/242 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 240/242 Rf value: 0.29 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 9b 4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-2-methyl-but-3-yn-2-ol Under an argon atmosphere 3 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 173 mg (0.15 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 720 mg (3.0 mmol) 4-(5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-2-methyl- but-3-yn-2-ol and 593 mg (3.6 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 60 mL 1,4-dioxane and the reaction mixture is stirred for 18 h at 85 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the Boehringer Ingeiheim 268 Case 1-1406 if organic phase is washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 420 mg (51.5 % of theory) C16H14CINO (M= 271.749) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 272/274 Rf value: 0.42 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 1:1) 9c 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenoxy)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine 131 mg (0.5 mmol) triphenylphosphane are added to a solution of 136 mg (0.5 mmol) 4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-2-methyl-but-3-yn-2-ol and 88 mg (0.5 mmol) 4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenol in 20 ml THF. Then 0.1 mL (0.5 mmol) diisopropyl azo-dicarboxylate is slowly added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 24 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i.
vac., the residue is taken up in water, extracted exhaustively with BOAC, the organic phase is washed with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 3 mg (1.4 % of theory) C27H27CIN20 (M= 430.982) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 HPLC retention time: 7.78 min (method A) Example 10 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyloxy]-pyridine O N~
10a 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ol Boehringer Ingelheim 269 Case 1-1406 if Under an N2 atmosphere 21.7 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 250 mg (0.22 mmol) tetra kis-triphenyl phosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 8.0 g (21.7 mmol) 5-iodo-pyridin-2-ol and 3.81 g (23.9 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 120 mL 1,4-dioxane and 30 mL dry MeOH and the reaction mixture is stirred for 19 h at 110 C. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, the precipitate is filtered off, washed with water and dried at 40 C in the circulating air dryer until a constant weight is obtained.
Yield: 3.8 g (85.1 % of theory) C11 H8CINO (M= 205.646) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 206/208 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 206/208 Rf value: 0.56 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 10b 5-(4-chioro-phenyl)-2-prop-2-ynyloxy-pyridine 2 mL (80% in toluene, 18.5 mmol) 3-bromo-propyne are added to a suspension of 3.8 g (18.5 mmol) 5-(4-chioro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ol and 5.1 g (37 mmol) K2CO3 in 50 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 64 h at RT.
The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 80 mL
water, extracted with 150 mL EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1).
Yield: 216 mg (4.8 % of theory) C14H10CINO (M= 243.695) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 244/246 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 244/246 Rf value: 0.16 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) 10c 5-(4-chioro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-phenyl)-prop-2-ynyloxy]-pyridine Under an N2 atmosphere 221 mg (0.68 mmol) Cs2CO3, 4 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul and 23 mg (0.02 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 110 mg (0.45 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-prop-2-ynyloxy-pyridine and 129 mg (0.45 mmol) 1-(4-iodo-benzyl)-pyrrolidine in 9 mL THE and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4.5 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i.
vac., the residue is combined with 20 mL 3% NH3 solution and 40 mL EtOAc, Boehringer Ingelheim 270 Case 1-1406 ff the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified first by HPLC and then by chromatography (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1).
Yield: 28 mg (15.5 % of theory) C25H23CIN2O (M= 402.928) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Rf value: 0.33 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) HPLC retention time: 6.43 min (method A) Example 11 1-(2-{4-[4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thiophen-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidine /`^ r s 11a (4-bromo-thiophen-2-ylethynyl)-trimethyl-silane Under an argon atmosphere 0.37 g (1.94 mmol) Cul, 2.24 g (1.94 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 16.2 mL triethylamine are added to a solution of 10.0 g (38.85 mmol) 2,4-dibromothiophene in 300 mL THF, the reaction mixture is cooled to -78 C and then at this temperature a solution of 5.6 mL (38.85 mmol) ) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane in 250 mL THE is slowly added dropwise. After the addition has ended the mixture is allowed to heat up slowly to RT and stirred overnight. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, extracted exhaustively with DCM and the combined organic phases are dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is triturated with PE, filtered to remove insoluble ingredients and the solvent is evaporated down. The residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, PE).
Yield: 9.5 g (56.6 % of theory) C9H11BrSSi (M= 259.242) Rf value: 0.77 (silica gel, PE) Boehringer Ingelheim 271 Case 1-1406 if 11b 4-bromo-2-ethynyl-thiophene 4.6 g (14.58 mmol) TBAF are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 6.3 g (14.58 mmol) (4-bromo-thiophen-2-ylethynyl)-trimethyl-silane in 60 mL THF.
The cooling bath is removed and the mixture is stirred for a further 30 min.
The reaction mixture is combined with EtOAc, washed with water and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, PE).
Yield: 1.9 g (69.7 % of theory) C6H3BrS (M= 187.059) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 186/188 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 186/188 11c 1-{2-[4-(4-bromo-thiophen-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-pyrrolidine Under an argon atmosphere 0.3 mL (3.13 mmol) piperidine, 14.9 mg (0.08 mmol) Cul and 90.3 mg (0.08 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 293 mg (1.56 mmol) 4-bromo-2-ethynyl-thiophene and 620 mg (1.56 mmol) 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 10 mL
THE and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. To complete the reaction another 150 mg (0.8 mmol) 4-bromo-2-ethynyl-thiophene are added and the mixture is stirred for a further 24 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is triturated with EtOAc and the insoluble ingredients are filtered off. After the solvent has been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 300 mg (51.0 % of theory) C18H18BrNOS (M= 376.318) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 376/378 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 376/378 Rf value: 0.52 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) 11d 1-(2-{4-[4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-thiophen-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidine Under an N2 atmosphere 5 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 47 mg (0.41 mmol) tetra kis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 310 mg (0.82 mmol) 1-{2-[4-(4-bromo-thiophen-2-ylethynyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-pyrrolidine and 129 mg (0.82 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 10 mL 1,4-Boehringer Ingelheim 272 Case 1-1406 if dioxane and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 1 h. The hot solution is filtered through a fibreglass filter, the filtrate is extracted with EtOAc , the organic phase is washed with water and dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 23 mg (6.8 % of theory) C24H22CINOS (M= 407.966) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 408/410 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 408/410 HPLC retention time: 5.35 min (method B) Example 12 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyrazine 12a 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrazin-2-ylamine Under an argon atmosphere 50 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 1.2 g (1.0 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 8.7 g (50.0 mmol) 5-bromo-pyrazin-2-ylamine and 8.0 g (50.0 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 150 mL 1,4-dioxane and 50 mL MeOH and the reaction mixture is heated to 110 C for 2.5 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient:
DCM to DCM/MeOH 20:1).
Yield: 8.3 g (80.7 % of theory) C14H8CIN3 (M= 205.648) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 206/208 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 206/208 HPLC retention time: 7.15 min (method A) 12b 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-iodo-pyrazine Boehringer Ingelheim 273 Case 1-1406 if With the exclusion of light, 4.9 mL (40.0 mmol) tert-butylnitrite and 7.6 g (30 mmol) iodine are added to a solution of 4.8 g (23.3 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrazin-2-ylamine in 100 mL CCI4 and 50 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. It is combined with 100 mL water and 50 mL 10%
Na2S2O3 solution, the organic phase is separated off, washed again with 50 mL 10% Na2S2O3 solution and twice with 50 mL water and dried over MgSO4.
It is filtered through activated charcoal, evaporated down i.vac. and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient: PE to PE/EtOAc 8:2).
Yield: 3.4 g (46.0 % of theory) C10H6CIIN2 (M= 316.530) Caic.: molpeak (M+H)+: 317/319 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 317/319 Rf value: 0.55 (silica gel, PE/EtOAc 9:1) 12c 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyrazine Under an N2 atmosphere 19 mg (0.1 mmol) Cul, 82 mg (0.1 mmol) [1,1'-bis-(diphenylphosphine)-ferrocene]-paIladium(II)-chloride are added to a solution of 316 mg (1.0 mmol) 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-iodo-pyrazine and 215 mg (1.0 mmol) 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 50 mL THE and 0.4 mL (3 mmol) triethylamine and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. To complete the reaction another 100 mg (0.32 mmol) 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-iodo-pyrazine are added and the mixture is again stirred overnight. It is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 10% Na2CO3 solution, extracted exhaustively with DCM, the combined organic phases are washed three times with water and dried over MgSO4. This is filtered through activated charcoal, evaporated down i.vac. and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, gradient: EtOAc to EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 9:9:1).
Yield: 170 mg (42.1 % of theory) C24H22CIN30 (M= 403.915) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 404/406 Rf value: 0.58 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 9:1:0.1) Boehringer Ingelheim 274 Case 1-1406 if Example 13 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine -N
13a 5-bromo-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine Under an N2 atmosphere 11 mL 2 M Na2CO3 solution and 240 mg (0.21 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 3.00 g (10.6 mmol) 5-bromo-2-iodo-pyridine and 3.37 g (21.1 mmol) 4-chlorophenyl-boric acid in 60 mL 1,4-dioxane and 15 mL MeOH and the reaction mixture is heated to 110 C for 3 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 50 mL water,10 mL 3% NH3 solution and 150 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc).
Yield: 1.52 g (53.6 % of theory) C11 H7BrCIN (M= 268.542) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 268/270/272 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.1 (silica gel, cyc) 13b 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine Under an N2 atmosphere 773 mg (2.25 mmol) Cs2CO3, 14 mg (0.08 mmol) Cul and 87 mg (0.08 mmol) tetra kis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added to a solution of 403 mg (1.5 mmol) 5-bromo-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine and 322 mg (1.5 mmol) 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine in 10 mL THE
and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Then it is heated to 60 C
for 16 h. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with 30 mL water, 5 mL 3% NH3 solution and 60 mL EtOAc, the organic phase is separated off and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have Boehringer Ingelheim 275 Case 1-1406 if been eliminated the residue is purified first by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 19:1:0.1) and then by HPLC.
Yield: 9 mg (2.2 % of theory) C25H23CIN20 (M= 402.928) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 403/405 HPLC retention time: 8.11 min (method A) Example 14 ethyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indole-2-carboxylate N

r 14a ethyl 3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-1 H-i n d o l e- 2-ca rbo xy l ate Under an argon atmosphere 577 mg (0.5 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyiphosphane-palladium and 95 mg (0.5 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 2.82 g (10 mmol) ethyl 5-bromo-3-methyl-1 H-indole-2-carboxylate and 1.52 mL (11 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane in 3 mL (30 mmol) piperidine and 30 mL THE
and the reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h at 60 C. It is diluted with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the combined organic phases are washed with saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 9:1).
Yield: 1.3 g (43.4 % of theory) C1 71-121 NO2Si (M= 299.448) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 300 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 300 Rf value: 0.61 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 7:3) Boehringer Ingelheim 276 Case 1-1406 If 14b ethyl 5-ethynyl-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1 H-indole-2-carboxylate Under an argon atmosphere 562 mg (3.3 mmol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-pyrrolidine (used as the hydrochloride) are added to a suspension of 900 mg (3.0 mmol) ethyl 3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-1 H-indole-2-carboxylate and 457 mg (3.3 mmol) K2CO3 in 10 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 42 h at 60 C. It is diluted with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the combined organic phases are washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 250 mg (25.6 % of theory) C20H24N202 (M= 324.426) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 325 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 325 HPLC retention time: 4.59 min (method B) 14c ethyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrol id i n-1-yl-eth yl)-1 H-indole-2-ca rboxyl ate Under an argon atmosphere 11 mg (0.02 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2CI2 and 3 mg (0.02 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 250 mg (0.77 mmol) ethyl 5-ethynyl-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indole-2-carboxylate and 243 mg (0.77 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine in 1.52 mL (15.4 mmol) piperidine and 25 mL THE and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. It is diluted with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the combined organic phases are washed with water and saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified first by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) and then by HPLC.
Yield: 7 mg (1.8 % of theory) C31 H30 CIN3O2 (M= 512.057) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 512/514 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 512/514 Rf value: 0.67 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 2:1) HPLC retention time: 5.96 min (method B) Boehringer Ingelheim 277 Case 1-1406 if Example 15 N-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl -pyridin-2-yl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide N
0 ~
ONE
N N
I
H
15a N-(5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-chloro-acetamide 1.75 mL (22 mmol) chloroacetyl chloride are added to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 3.74 g (20 mmol) 2-amino-5-bromo-3-methylpyridine in 50 mL DCM
and then 6.1 mL (44 mmol) triethylamine are slowly added dropwise. After the addition has ended the ice bath is removed and the reaction mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. It is poured onto water, extracted exhaustively with DCM, the combined organic phases are washed with water and saturated NaCl solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 2:1).
Yield: 2.7 g (51.2 % of theory) C8H8BrCIN2O (M= 263.523) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 263/265/267 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.48 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 15b N-(5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide 0.81 mL (9.9 mmol) pyrrolidine are added to a suspension of 2.37 g (9.0 mmol) N-(5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-chloro-acetamide and 2.49 g (18 mmol) K2CO3 in 22.5 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 20 h at RT. It is diluted with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the combined organic phases are washed with water and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is taken up in a little diisopropylether, cooled to 0 C , the crystals precipitated are suction filtered and dried in the air.
Yield: 1.4 g (52.2 % of theory) C12H16BrN3O (M= 298.185) Boehringer Ingelheim 278 Case 1-1406 if Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 298/300 Rf value: 0.48 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 15c N-(3-methyl-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide Under an argon atmosphere 35 mg (0.03 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyiphosphane-palladium and 5.7 mg (0.03 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 447 mg (1.5 mmol) N-(5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide and 0.23 mL (1.65 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane in 0.45 mL (4.5 mmol) piperidine and mL THE and the reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h at RT. To complete the reaction a further 35 mg tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium are added and the reaction mixture is heated to 50 C for 4 h. It is diluted with water, extracted exhaustively with EtOAc, the combined organic phases are washed with saturated NaCI solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 210 mg (44.4 % of theory) C17H25N3OSi (M= 315.494) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 316 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 316 Rf value: 0.65 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 15d N-(5-ethynyl-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide Under an argon atmosphere 132 mg (0.48 mmol) TBAF are added to a solution of 150 mg (0.48 mmol) N-(3-methyl-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide in 10 mL THE and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is taken up in EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with water and saturated NaCI solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the desired product is obtained.
Yield: 110 mg (95.2 % of theory) C14H17N30 (M= 243.311) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 244 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 244 Rf value: 0.48 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 279 Case 1-1406 ff 15e N-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide Under an argon atmosphere 4 mg (0.01 mmol) Pd(PPh3)2CI2 and 1 mg (0.01 mmol) Cul are added to a solution of 73 mg (0.3 mmol) N-(5-ethynyl-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide and 95 mg (0.3 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine in 59 pL (0.6 mmol) piperidine and 10 mL THE
and the reaction mixture is stirred for 30 min at RT. It is evaporated down i.vac., the residue is taken up in EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with water and saturated NaCI solution and dried over Na2SO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified first by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5) and then by HPLC.
Yield: 22 mg (17.0 % of theory) C25H23CIN40 (M= 430.941) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 431/433 Rf value: 0.39 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Example 16 {5-[5-(4-ch loro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-pyrid in-2-yl}-(2-pyrrol id in-1-yl-ethyl)-amine cI
CN\/-N N
I
H
16a (5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Under an argon atmosphere 2 mL of a 1 M solution of LiAIH4 in THE are slowly added dropwise to a solution, cooled to 0 C, of 800 mg (2.68 mmol) N-(5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide (Example 15b) in mL THE and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at this temperature. 20%
NaOH is slowly added dropwise, solid K2CO3 is added to the suspension and this is stirred vigorously. The precipitate is filtered off, the filtrate is evaporated down and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2).

Boehringer Ingelheim 280 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 500 mg (65.6 % of theory) C12H18BrN3 (M= 284.201) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 284/286 Rf value: 0.25 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2) 16b (3-methyl-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared analogously to Example 15c from 500 mg (1.76 mmol) (5-bromo-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine and 0.29 mL (2.11 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane, while the reaction mixture is heated to 50 C for 12 h.
Yield: 400 mg (75.4 % of theory) C17H27N3Si (M= 301.511) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 302 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 302 Rf value: 0.27 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 16c (5-ethynyl-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared analogously to Example 15d from 400 mg (1.33 mmol) (3-methyl-5-trimethylsilanyl-ethynyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine.
Yield: 250 mg (82.2 % of theory) C14H19N3 (M= 229.328) Rf value: 0.51 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 80:20:2) 16d {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynylj-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine Prepared analogously to Example 15e from 69 mg (0.3 mmol) (5-ethynyl-3-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine and 95 mg (0.3 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-iodo-pyridine, while after working up the crude product is purified by chromatography on Alox (cyc/EtOAc 6:4).
Yield: 12 mg (9.6 % of theory) C25H25CIN4 (M= 416.958) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 417/419 Rf value: 0.42 (Alox, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 28T---"`. Case 1-1406 if Example 17:
6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenylethynyl)-quinoline N
ON

17a (E)-3-ethoxy-acrylic acid chloride 20 g (0.172 mol) (E)-3-ethoxy-acrylic acid are added batchwise to a solution of 14.99 mL (0.206 mol) thionyl chloride in 300 ml of toluene at RT and heated to 90C for 2 h. The reaction mixture is evaporated to dryness and the yellow oil remaining is further reacted without any more purification.

17b (E)-N-(4-bromo-phenyl)-3-ethoxy-acrylamide 26.63 g (0.155 mol) of 4-bromoaniline are dissolved in 120 ml of pyridine and 23.14 g (0.172 mol) (E)-3-ethoxy-acrylic acid chloride are added dropwise at a temperature between 0 C and 5 C and the mixture is stirred for one hour at 0 C. Then the reaction mixture is allowed to warm up to RT and stirred for 14 h. The reaction mixture is combined with water, the precipitate formed is filtered off and washed with water. The solid is dried at 65 C in the drying cupboard.
Yield: 37.84 g (90.4 % of theory) C11H12BrNO2 (M= 270.12) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 270/272 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rr value: 0.7 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 17c 6-bromo-1 H-quinolin-2-one 37.8 g (0.14 mol) (E)-N-(4-bromo-phenyl)-3-ethoxy-acrylamide are added batchwise to 200 mL concentrated sulphuric acid and stirred for 2 h at RT.
Then the reaction mixture is poured into ice water, the precipitate is filtered off and washed with water. The solid is dried at 70C in the drying cupboard.
Yield: 28.6 g (91.2 % of theory) C9H6BrNO (M= 224.05) Boehringer Ingelheim 282 Case 1-1406 ff Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 224/226 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.6 (silica gel, EtOAc) 17d 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-2-one A solution of 22.7 g (0.101 mol) 6-bromo-1H-quinolin-2-one in 380 mL 1,4-dioxane and 380 mL MeOH is combined with 141.5 ml (0.283 ml) 2 M Na2CO3 solution and saturated with argon. Then 3.735 g (3.23 mmol) tetrakis-triphenyl-phosphane-palladium and 4-chlorophenylboric acid are added successively. The reaction mixture is heated to 110 C for four hours and then evaporated down to a volume of 300 mL. 1.2 L water are added and the precipitate is filtered off. The solid is dried at 55CC in the drying cupboard, washed with diisopropylether and dried again.
Yield: 25.4 (89.5 % of theory) C15H10CINO (M= 255.70) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 256/258 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 256/258 Rf value: 0.6 (silica gel, EtOAc/PE 3:1) 17e 2-bromo-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline 50 g (0.174 mol) phosphorus oxybromide are heated to 65CC, combined with g (0.039 mol) 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1 H-quinolin-2-one and heated to 110CC
for 3 h. The reaction mixture is then poured onto ice water and made alkaline with ammonia solution. The precipitate is filtered off and dried in the drying cupboard at 60 C.
Yield: 12.28 g (98.8 % of theory) C15H9BrCIN (M= 318.60) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 318/320/322 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 318/320/322 Rf value: 0.8 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 3:1) 17f 4-[6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinolin-2-ylethynyl]-benzaldehyde Under a nitrogen atmosphere 0.6 mg Cul, 9.3 mg Pd(PPh3)2CI2 and 318 mg (1 mmol) 2-bromo-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline are added successively to a solution of 85 mg (0.66 mmol) 4-ethynyl-benzaldehyde and 2.6 mL (18.67 Boehringer Ingelheim 283 Case 1-1406 ff mmol) triethylamine in 5 mL absolute DMF and 10 mL acetonitrile. The reaction mixture is stirred for 14 hours at RT and evaporated down. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (PE/EtOAc 1:1).
Yield: 290 mg (78.8 % of theory) C24H14CINO (M= 367.83) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 368/370 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 368/370 Rf value: 0.84 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 17g 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenylethynyl)-quinoline, 3 mg p-toluenesulphonic acid and 100 pL glacial acetic acid are added to a solution of 290 mg (0.78 mmol) 4-[6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline-2-ylethynyl]-benzaldehyde and 56 mg (0.78 mmol) pyrrolidine in 10 mL THE at RT and stirred for 30 minutes. Then 334 mg (1.57 mmol) NaBH(OAc)3 are added batchwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h. A few drops of water are added dropwise to the reaction mixture and this is stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture is then combined with K2CO3 and filtered. The filtrate is evaporated down. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 150 mg (45 % of theory) melting point: 170-193 C
C28H23CIN2 (M= 422.96) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 423/425 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 423/425 Rf value: 0.49 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) The following compounds are prepared analogously to Example 17g with 17f as educt:
CI
R \ I~

Boehringer Ingelheim 284 Case 1-1406 ff Example R empirical formula mass mp [ C] Rf value spectrum 17.1 C29H26CIN3 452/54 176- 0.33 N [M+H]+ 182 17.2 C28H23CIN20 439/41 170- 0.45 0") [M+H]+ 174 17.3 C30H27CIN20 467/69 159- 0.52 [M+H]+ 165 17.4 C32H30CIN3 492/94 140- 0.21 " [M+H]+ 148 N

17.5 00--C30H27CIN20 467/69 139- 0.61 G" [M+H]+ 147 17.6 ,0 C30H27CIN20 467/69 143- 0.61 i " [M+H]+ 173 17.7 C31H2SCIN30 494/96 142- 0.31 N
N [M+H]+ 145 17.8 C30H26CIN30 480/82 165- 0.30 "T N [M+H]+ 170 17.9 0 C29H24CIN30 466/68 152- 0.45 NJ [M+H]+ 157 17.10 C33H27CIN4 515/17 214- 0.47 NJ [M+H]+ 219 Boehringer Ingelheim 285 Case 1-1406 if 17.11 C28H25CIN20 441/43 153 0.38 /0 J [M+H]+

17.12 C30H27CIN20 467/69 130- 0.32 [M+H]+ 136 17.13 C31H24CIN3 474/476 140- 0.43 N [M+H]+ 149 N /

17.14 C30H27CIN20 467/69 190- 0.30 H, [M+H]+ 192 17.15 V C28H23CIN20S 471/73 170- 0.38 N
o,s J [M+H]+ 174 17.16 V C28H23CIN202S 487/89 216- 0.61 0.S [M+H]+ 220 17.17 C35H29CIN20 529/31 208- 0.34 H,o [M+H]+ 219 The Rf values specified are obtained on silica gel with DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1 as the mobile phase.

Example 18:
6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-quinoline CI
N~/~ \
O
18a 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Boehringer Ingelheim 286 Case 1-1406 if A reaction mixture of 44 g (0.2 mol) 4-iodophenol, 34 g (0.2 mol) 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride, 110.56 g (0.8 mol) K2CO3 and 800 mL DMF is stirred for 48 h at RT. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is evaporated down. The residue is taken up in water and extracted with EtOAc.
The organic phase is extracted with saturated NaCI solution and dried over Na2SO4. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 85:15:1.5).
Yield: 34.8 g (54.9 % of theory) C12H161NO (M= 317.17) Rf value: 0.49 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 18b 1-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Under a nitrogen atmosphere and while cooling with ice a reaction mixture of 1.5 g (4.72 mmol) 1-[2-(4-iodo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine, 0.735 ml (5.2 mmol) ethynyl-trimethyl-silane, 15 mL piperidine, 115.5 mg (0.1 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium and 19 mg (0.1 mmol) Cul is stirred for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture is evaporated down, the residue is taken up in 20 mL water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 95:5:0.5).
Yield: 1.244 g (91.5 % of theory) C17H25NOSi (M= 287.48) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 288 Rf value: 0.45 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 18c 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine A reaction mixture of 1.22 g (4.24 mmol) 1-[2-(4-trimethylsilanylethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine, 1.47 g (4.67 mmol) TBAF and 25 mL THE is stirred for 3 h at RT. Then the reaction mixture is evaporated down and the residue is combined with 20 mL saturated NaCl solution and 50 mL EtOAc.
The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 0.91 g (100 % of theory) Boehringer Ingelheim 287 Case 1-1406 if C14H17NO (M= 215.29) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Rf value: 0.33 (silica gel, EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 18d 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-quinoline In a nitrogen atmosphere, 0.6 mg Cul, 9.3 mg Pd(PPh3)2CI2 and 318 mg (1 mmol) 2-bromo-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline are added successively to a solution of 142 mg (0.66 mmol) 1-[2-(4-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and 2.6 mL (18.67 mmol) triethylamine in 5 mL absolute DMF and 10 mL
acetonitrile. The reaction mixture is stirred for 14 h at RT and evaporated down. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1).
Yield: 148 mg (32.7 % of theory) melting point: 176-185 C
C29H25CIN2O (M= 452.98) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 453/455 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 453/455 Rf value: 0.71 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 80:20:1) Example 19:
6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-quinoline 19a 1-[2-(3-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine Prepared analogously to Example 18a from 1-(2-chloro-ethyl)-pyrrolidine-hydrochloride and 3-ethynyl-phenol.
Yield: 1.44 g (79 % of theory) C14H17NO (M= 215.29) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 216 Rf value: 0.37 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Boehringer Ingelheim 2$8., 'r. Case 1-1406 if 19b 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-quinoline Prepared analogously to Example 18d from 1-[2-(3-ethynyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine and 2-bromo-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline.
Yield: 135 mg (29.8 % of theory) melting point: 114-117 C
C29H25CIN20 (M= 452.98) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 453/455 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 453/455 Rf value: 0.61 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 80:20:1) Example 20:
6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazol-5-ylethynyl )-quinoline N N
N N

20a 5-bromo-2-chloromethyl-benzoxazole 1.79 mL (13.3 mmol) 2-chloro-1,1,1-trimethoxy-ethane are added dropwise at RT to a solution of 2.5 g (13.29 mmol) 2-amino-4-bromophenol in 20 mL
ethanol and stirred for 48 h. Then 0.4 mL 2-chloro-1,1,1-trimethoxy-ethane are added and stirred for 20 h. The reaction mixture is evaporated down. The purification is carried out by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/ethanol 80:1).
Yield: 2 g (60.9 % of theory) C8H5BrCINO (M= 246.49) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 246/248/250 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 246/248/250 Rf value: 0.95 (silica gel, DCM/ethanol 20:1) 20b 5-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-benzoxazole Boehringer Ingelheim 289 Case 1-1406 if A solution of 2 g (8.11 mmol) 5-bromo-2-chloromethyl-benzoxazole in 30 mL
DMF is combined with 2.24 g (16.22 mmol) K2CO3 and 0.9 mL (10.78 mmol) pyrrolidine and stirred for 24 hours at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase is dried over Na2SO4, the desiccant is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated down.
Yield: 2.2 g (96.4 % of theory) C12H13BrN2O (M= 281.15) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 281/283 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 281/283 Rf value: 0.15 (silica gel, DCM/ethanol 50:1) 20c 5-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole 71 mg (0.36 mmol) Cul, 1 g (3.55 mmol) 5-bromo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole and 1.07 g (7.15 mmol) Nal are successively placed in a flask in an argon atmosphere. Then 0.08 mL (0.73 mmol) N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine and 3.5 mL 1,4-dioxane are added and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 14 h. The reaction mixture is then combined with 20 mL
concentrated ammonia solution at RT, diluted with 100 mL water and extracted with DCM. The organic phase is extracted three times with water and dried over Na2SO4.
Yield: 1 g (72.8 % of theory) C12H13IN2O (M= 328.15) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 329 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 329 Rf value: 0,35 (silica gel, cyc/EtOAc 1:1) 20d 2-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-benzoxazole Prepared analogously to Example 18b from 5-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole and ethynyl-trimethyl-silane.
Yield: 0.5 g (91.6 % of theory) C17H22N2OSi (M= 298.46) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 299 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 299 Rf value: 0.5 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) 20e 5-ethynyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole Boehringer Ingelheim 290 Case 1-1406 if Prepared analogously to Example 18c from 2-pyrrolidin-1-yimethyl-5-trimethylsilanylethynyl-benzoxazole.
Yield: 0.265 g (69.9 % of theory) C14H14N2O (M= 226.28) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 227 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 227 Rf value: 0.79 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 80:20:1) 20f 6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yimethyl-benzoxazol-5-ylethynyl)-quinoline Prepared analogously to Example 18d from 5-ethynyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole and 2-bromo-6-(4-chloro-phenyl)-quinoline.
Yield: 90 mg (13.9 % of theory) melting point: 151-153 C
C29H22CIN3O (M= 463.97) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 464/466 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.53 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Example 21:

5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1 -yimethyl-benzoxazole a N
CN) N
o A reaction mixture of 260 mg (0.792 mmol) 5-iodo-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzoxazole, 171 mg (0.8 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-ethynyi-pyridine, 23 mg (0.02 mmol) tetrakis-triphenylphosphane-palladium, 3.8 mg (0,02 mmol) Cul and 350 mg (1.075 mmol) Cs2CO3 in 10 mL THE is stirred for 14 h in an argon atmosphere at RT. Then the reaction mixture is evaporated down and the residue is purified by column chromatography on silica gel (DCM/MeOH
80:1).
Yield: 140 mg (42.7 % of theory) melting point: 145 C

Boehringer Ingelheim 291 Case 1-1406 if C25H20CIN30 (M= 413.91) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 414/416 Found: molpeak (M+H)+:

Rf value: 0.1 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH 50:1) Example 22 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoic acid 0 I i Hy CN~~

1.6 mL aqueous 1 M NaOH are added to a solution of 369 mg (0.8 mmol) methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl )-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate (Example 3.4) in 20 mL MeOH and the reaction mixture is heated to 70 C for 3 h. It is combined with 1.6 mL 1 M HCI, evaporated down i.vac. and the residue is coevaporated twice with in each case 20 mL MeOH. The residue is triturated with EtOH with heating and suction filtered.
Yield: 340 mg (95.1 % of theory) C26H23CIN203 (M= 446.938) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 447/449 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 447/449 HPLC retention time: 7.0 min (method A) Example 22.1 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-N-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-l -yl-ethoxy)-benzamide c1 N
H
80 mg (0.25 mmol) TBTU and 69 pL triethylamine are added to a solution of 112 mg ( 0.25 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-Boehringer Ingelheim 292 Case 1-1406 ff pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoic acid (Example 22) in 5 mL DMF and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT. Then 31 mg (1.0 mmol) methylamine are added and stirring is continued for a further 2 h at RT. The mixture is evaporated down i. vac., the residue is combined with dilute Na2CO3 solution, extracted exhaustively with DCM and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4.
After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, DCM to DCM/MeOH/NH3 7:3:0.3).
Yield: 45 mg (39.1 % of theory) C27H26C1N302 (M= 459.980) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 HPLC retention time: 6.8 min (method A) The following compounds are prepared as described in Example 22.1, while in Example 22.5 ammonium carbonate is used as the ammonia source:

I

R

O

Example R Yield (%) empirical mass HPLC retention time formula spectrum in min (method) 22.2 H,C,N 42.2 C28H28CIN302 474/476 6.95 (A) CH, [M+H]+
22.3 ON "~N 9.3 C32H35CIN402 543/545 5.30 (A) 22.4 6.9 C29H28CIN302 486/488 7.07 (A) [M+H]+
22.5 H, 4.0 C26H24CIN302 446/448 6.10 (A) H [M+H]

Boehringer Ingelheim 293 Case 1-1406 if Example 23 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine cI
H
N
H

200 mg (2.5 mmol) NaHCO3 and 300 mg (1.1 mmol) tin-(II)-chloride dihydrate are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.22 mmol) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-nitro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (Example 3.13) in 10 mL
EtOAc and the reaction mixture is refluxed for 2 h. To complete the reaction a further 200 mg (2.5 mmol) NaHCO3, 300 mg (1.1 mmol) tin-(11)-chloride dihydrate and 1 mL MeOH are added and the mixture is refluxed for a further 2 h. After cooling, 4 g of silica gel are added, the solvent is eliminated i.vac.
and the residue is purified by chromatography (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 8:2:0.2).
Yield: 85 mg (39.1 % of theory) C25H24CIN30 (M= 417.943) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 418/420 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 418/420 HPLC retention time: 7.1 min (method A) Example 23.1 N-[5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-acetamide N
H N

- I /
O
16 pL (170 pmol) acetic anhydride are added to a solution of 35 mg (84 pmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine in 2 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT
and then purified by chromatography on silica gel (gradient: EtOAc to EtOAc/MeOH/NH3 7:3:0.3) without any further working up Boehringer Ingelheim 294 Case 1-1406 if Yield: 10 mg (26.0 % of theory) C27H26CIN302 (M= 459.980) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 460/462 Rf value: 0.55 (silica gel, DCM/MeOH/NH3 90:10:1) Example 23.2 N-[5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyrid i n-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolid in-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methanesulphonamide Cl HEN
(DN
O
Under an N2 atmosphere 39 pL (0.5 mmol) methanesulphonic acid chloride are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.24 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine and 161 pL (2 mmol) pyridine in 10 mL DCM and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 h at RT. To complete the reaction a further 160 pL pyridine and 39 pL methanesulphonic acid chloride are added and the mixture is stirred overnight. It is combined with 10% Na2CO3 solution, the organic phase is separated off and the solvent is eliminated i.vac.. The residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 15 mg (13.0 % of theory) C26H26CIN303S (M= 496.032) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 496/498 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 496/498 HPLC retention time: 6.8 min (method A) Example 23.3 [5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-dimethyl-amine a iJ
N
ON

Boehringer Ingelheim 295 Case 1-1406 if 180 pL (2.4 mmol) formalin solution (37% in water), 63 mg (1.0 mmol) NaBH3CN and 57 pL (1.0 mmol) acetic acid are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.24 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyla mine in 5 mL acetonitrile and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at RT. It is acidified with 12% HCI, stirred vigorously for one hour, combined with saturated Na2CO3 solution until an alkaline reaction is obtained and extracted exhaustively with DCM. After elimination of the solvent the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 9 mg (8.4 % of theory) C27H28CIN30 (M= 445.997) Calc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 446/448 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 446/448 HPLC retention time: 6.7 min (method A) Example 23.4 [5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl-amine HEN ~ ~
CAN

Under a nitrogen atmosphere 178 pL (1.35 mmol) N,N-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal are added to a solution of 100 mg (0.24 mmol) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine in 2 mL
DMF, the reaction mixture is stirred for 5 h at 60 C and cooled to RT
overnight. Then 32 mg (0.85 mmol) NaBH4 are added and the mixture is again heated to 60 C for 1 h. To complete the reaction a further 32 mg NaBH4 are added and the mixture is heated to 60 C for a further 4 h. After cooling it is combined with saturated NaHCO3 solution, exhaustively extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase is dried over MgSO4. After the desiccant and solvent have been eliminated the residue is purified by HPLC.
Yield: 0.5 mg (0.5 % of theory) C26H26CIN3O (M= 431.970) CaIc.: molpeak (M+H)+: 432/434 Found: molpeak (M+H)+: 432/434 Boehringer Ingelheim 296 Case 1-1406 ff HPLC retention time: 7.5 min (method A) The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

R
,,~O

Example R
24.1 24.2 01"

N
24.3 01"

24.4 N
24.5 24.6 24.7 "
N
iN N

Boehringer Ingelheim 297 Case 1-1406 if 24.8 N N
24.9 24.10 CN
24.11 H
N.
24.12 H
N
24.13 "
\^
i`v1N
24.14 CAN

24.15 o H
24.16 N
24.17 The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 298 Case 1-1406 if CI
I \ \

N
Example R

25.1 25.2 1"
~N .

25.3 '"
25.4 25.5 N
25.6 25.7 "
N
N
iN C
25.8 4\.
N t~N

Boehringer Ingelheim 299 Case 1-1406 if 25.9 CNNT
25.10 CN
25.11 H
H
N
25.12 H
N
25.13 "
o`^
N
25.14 CAN

25.15 ~
N H
25.16 N
25.17 ~N.

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 300 Case 1-1406 if Ci F

N
R,~

Example R
26.1 ON
26.2 '"
26.3 I"
26.4 26.5 26.6 26.7 "
N
N N
26.8 iN N

Boehringer Ingelheim 301 Case 1-1406 ff 26.9 cJVNc 26.10 CN
26.11 `H
H
N
26.12 H
N
26.13 "
o\ON
26.14 (\~/ N

26.15 C-T'01 N H
26.16 N
26.17 N

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 302 Case 1-1406 if / CI
NJ

Br Example R

27.1 N
27.2 0'"

CN

27.3 01"
27.4 ;:N"' 27.5 27.6 27.7 "

iN N
27.8 0 iiN c N

Boehringer Ingelheim 303 Case 1-1406 if 27.9 CT N, ~
N ~/
27.10 C)N
27.11 H
H
N
27.12 H
N.
27.13 "
o\^
N
27.14 N

27.15 o H
27.16 N
27.17 N

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 304 Case 1-1406 if cl CI

Example R
28.1 N
28.2 0'"

28.3 01"
28.4 28.5 28.6 N

28.7 "

iN N

28.8 ~
iN N

Boehringer Ingelheim 305 Case 1-1406 if 28.9 CN~No 28.10 ON
28.11 H

N.
28.12 H
N
28.13 "

N
O' 28.14 CCN
28.15 ~o N H
28.16 28.17 N

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 306 Case 1-1406 if CI
I' \

Example R
29.1 0"
~N.

29.2 0"
29.3 29.4 29.5 29.6 "

iN N
29.7 ~ ~.
N N
29.8 N
CTN--Boehringer Ingelheim 307 Case 1-1406 if 29.9 H
H
N
29.10 H

29.11 "
o\ON

28.12 ciixIiii N

29.13 o N H
29.14 N
29.15 N

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

N IN
Example R

30.1 N

Boehringer Ingelheim 308 Case 1-1406 ff 30.2 o' H
30.3 o' H
30.4 30.5 30.6 N

30.7 "

iN N
30.8 iN N

30.9 CN~No 30.10 CN
30.11 H
H
N
30.12 H
H

Boehringer Ingelheim 309 Case 1-1406 if 30.13 "

N

30.14 C::DN
30.15 o N Fi 30.16 N
30.17 N.

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

~cl Example R

31.1 IIN
31.2 0'H

N

Boehringer Ingelheim 310 Case 1-1406 ff 31.3 01H
31.4 N
31.5 31.6 31.7 "

iN N
31.8 iN N

31.9 CN,No 31.10 IIIL
31.11 H
H
N
31.12 H
H
N
31.13 "
0\^
N

Boehringer Ingelheim 311 Case 1-1406 if 31.14 cV
N

31.15 CIN"~0 Fi 31.16 N
31.17 N

The compounds of Examples 32 to 32.12 may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Example 32 ci F

Example 32.1 j N
CN

Example 32.2 I, CI

Boehringer Ingelheim 312 Case 1-1406 if Example 32.3 cI
F

N
Example 32.4 F ICI
1 \
N~N

Example 32.5 ,CI
N

,/N~0 Example 32.6 CI
Example 32.7 CI
/

N/
Example 32.8 Boehringer Ingelheim 313 Case 1-1406 if ci INJ
Example 32.9 N

Example 32.10 iI
Example 32.11 CI
N

I

Example 32.12 CI
N

The following compounds may also be obtained by the processes described in the foregoing experimental section:

Boehringer Ingelheim 314 Case 1-1406 if R
i Example R
33.1 33.2 i F
33.3 33.4 , 33.5 33.6 F
33.7 F
F

33.8 F F
33.9 F a 33.10 Boehringer Ingelheim 315 Case 1-1406 if 33.11 33.12 33.13 O
33.14 0 Boehringer Ingelheim 316 Case 1-1406 if Some test methods for determining an MCH-receptor antagonistic activity will now be described. In addition, other test methods known to the skilled man are used, e.g. by inhibiting the MCH-receptor-mediated inhibition of cAMP
production, as described by Hoogduijn M et al. in "Melanin-concentrating hormone and its receptor are expressed and functional in human skin", Biochem. Biophys. Res Commun. 296 (2002) 698-701 and by biosensory measurement of the binding of MCH to the MCH receptor in the presence of antagonistic substances by plasmon resonance, as described by Karlsson OP
and Lofas S. in "Flow-Mediated On-Surface Reconstitution of G-Protein Coupled Receptors for Applications in Surface Plasmon Resonance Biosensors", Anal. Biochem. 300 (2002), 132-138. Other methods of testing antagonistic activity to MCH receptors are contained in the references and patent documents mentioned hereinbefore, and the description of the test methods used is hereby incorporated in this application.

MCH-1 receptor binding test Method: MCH binding to hMCH-1 R transfected cells Species: Human Test cell: hMCH-1 R stably transfected into CHO/Galphal6 cells Results: IC50 values Membranes from CHO/Galphal6 cells stably transfected with human hMCH-1 R are resuspended using a syringe (needle 0.6 x 25 mm) and diluted in test buffer (50 mM HEPES, 10 mM MgCl2, 2 mM EGTA, pH 7.00; 0.1 % bovine serum albumin (protease-free), 0.021 % bacitracin, 1 pg/ml aprotinin, 1 pg/ml leupeptin and 1 pM phosphoramidone) to a concentration of 5 to 15 pg/ml.
200 microlitres of this membrane fraction (contains 1 to 3 pg of protein) are incubated for 60 minutes at ambient temperature with 100 pM of 1251-tyrosyl melanin concentrating hormone (1251-MCH commercially obtainable from NEN) and increasing concentrations of the test compound in a final volume of 250 microlitres. After the incubation the reaction is filtered using a cell harvester through 0.5% PEI treated glass fibre filters (GF/B, Unifilter Packard). The membrane-bound radioactivity retained on the filter is then determined after the addition of scintillator substance (Packard Microscint 20) in a measuring device (TopCount of Packard).

Boehringer Ingeiheim 317 Case 1-1406 ff The non-specific binding is defined as bound radioactivity in the presence of micromolar MCH during the incubation period.

The analysis of the concentration binding curve is carried out on the assumption of one receptor binding site.
Standard:
Non-labelled MCH competes with labelled 125l-MCH for the receptor binding with an IC50 value of between 0.06 and 0.15 nM.
The KD value of the radioligand is 0.156 nM.
MCH-1 receptor-coupled Ca 2+ mobilisation test Method: Calcium mobilisation test with human MCH (FLIPR3114) Species: Human Test cells: CHO/ Galpha 16 cells stably transfected with hMCH-R1 Results: 1st measurement: % stimulation of the reference (MCH 10"6M) 2nd measurement: pKB value Reagents: HBSS (10x) (GIBCO) HEPES buffer (1 M) (GIBCO) Pluronic F-127 (Molecular Probes) Fluo-4 (Molecular Probes) Probenecid (Sigma) MCH (Bachem) bovine serum albumin (Serva) (protease-free) DMSO (Serva) Ham's F12 (BioWhittaker) FCS (BioWhittaker) L-Glutamine (GIBCO) Hygromycin B (GIBCO) PENStrep (BioWhittaker) Zeocin (Invitrogen) Boehringer Ingelheim 318 Case 1-1406 if Clonal CHO/Galpha16 hMCH-R1 cells are cultivated in Ham's F12 cell culture medium (with L-glutamine; BioWhittaker; Cat.No.: BE12-615F). This contains per 500 ml 10% FCS, I% PENStrep, 5 ml L-glutamine (200 mM stock solution), 3 ml hygromycin B (50 mg/ml in PBS) and 1.25 ml zeocin (100 pg/mi stock solution). One day before the experiment the cells are plated on a 384-well microtitre plate (black-walled with a transparent base, made by Costar) in a density of 2500 cells per cavity and cultivated in the above medium overnight at 37 C, 5% CO2 and 95% relative humidity. On the day of the experiment the cells are incubated with cell culture medium to which 2 mM
Fluo-4 and 4.6 mM Probenicid have been added, at 37 C for 45 minutes. After charging with fluorescent dye the cells are washed four times with Hanks buffer solution (1 x HBSS, 20 mM HEPES), which is combined with 0.07%
Probenicid. The test substances are diluted in Hanks buffer solution, combined with 2.5% DMSO. The background fluorescence of non-stimulated cells is measured in the presence of substance in the 384-well microtitre plate five minutes after the last washing step in the FLIPR384 apparatus (Molecular Devices; excitation wavelength: 488 nm; emission wavelength: bandpass 510 to 570 nm). To stimulate the cells MCH is diluted in Hanks buffer with 0.1 %
BSA, pipetted into the 384-well cell culture plate 35 minutes after the last washing step and the MCH-stimulated fluorescence is then measured in the FLIPR384 apparatus.

Data analysis:
1 st measurement: The cellular Ca2+ mobilisation is measured as the peak of the relative fluorescence minus the background and is expressed as the percentage of the maximum signal of the reference (MCH 10"6M). This measurement serves to identify any possible agonistic effect of a test substance.
2nd measurement: The cellular Ca2+ mobilisation is measured as the peak of the relative fluorescence minus the background and is expressed as the percentage of the maximum signal of the reference (MCH 10"6M, signal is standardised to 100%). The EC50 values of the MCH dosage activity curve with and without test substance (defined concentration) are determined Boehringer Ingelheim 319 Case 1-1406 ff graphically by the GraphPad Prism 2.01 curve program. MCH antagonists cause the MCH stimulation curve to shift to the right in the graph plotted.
The inhibition is expressed as a pKB value:

pKB=log(EC50(testsubstance+MCH) / EC50(MCH) -1) -log C(testsubstance) The compounds according to the invention, including their salts, exhibit an MCH-receptor antagonistic activity in the tests mentioned above. Using the MCH-1 receptor binding test described above an antagonistic activity is obtained in a dosage range from about 10.10 to 10"5 M, particularly from 10"9 to 10-6 M.

The following IC50 values were determined using the MCH-1 receptor binding test described above:

Compound IC50 value according to Name of substance Example No.

1.8 5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl- 8 nM
ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine 1.3 (2-{4-[5-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-pyridin-2- 74 nM
ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diethyl-amine Some examples of formulations will be described hereinafter, wherein the term "active substance" denotes one or more compounds according to the invention, including their salts. In the case of one of the combinations with one or more active substances described, the term "active substance" also includes the additional active substances.

Boehringer Ingelheim 320 Case 1-1406 if Example A

Capsules for powder inhalation containing 1 mg active substance Composition:
1 capsule for powder inhalation contains:
active substance 1.0 mg lactose 20.0 mg hard gelatine capsules 50.0 mq 71.0 mg Method of preparation:
The active substance is ground to the particle size required for inhalation.
The ground active substance is homogeneously mixed with the lactose. The mixture is packed into hard gelatine capsules.

Example B

Inhalable solution for Respimat containing 1 mg active substance Composition:
1 spray contains:
active substance 1.0 mg benzalkonium chloride 0.002 mg disodium edetate 0.0075 mg purified water ad 15.0 pl Method of preparation:
The active substance and benzalkonium chloride are dissolved in water and packed into Respimat cartridges.

Boehringer Ingelheim 321 Case 1-1406 ff Example C
Inhalable solution for nebulisers containing 1 mg active substance Composition:
1 vial contains:
active substance 0.1 g sodium chloride 0.18 g benzalkonium chloride 0.002 g purified water ad 20.0 ml Method of preparation:
The active substance, sodium chloride and benzalkonium chloride are dissolved in water.

Example D
Propellant type metered dose aerosol containing 1 mg active substance Composition:
1 spray contains:
active substance 1.0 mg lecithin 0.1 %
propellant gas ad 50.0 pl Method of preparation:
The micronised active substance is homogeneously suspended in the mixture of lecithin and propellant gas. The suspension is transferred into a pressurised contained with a metering valve.

Boehringer Ingelheim 322 Case 1-1406 if Example E
Nasal spray containing 1 mg active substance Composition:
active substance 1.0 mg sodium chloride 0.9 mg benzalkonium chloride 0.025 mg disodium edetate 0.05 mg purified water ad 0.1 ml Method of preparation:
The active substance and the excipients are dissolved in water and transferred into a corresponding container.

Example F
Iniectable solution containing 5 mg of active substance per 5 ml Composition:
active substance 5 mg glucose 250 mg human serum albumin 10 mg glycofurol 250 mg water for injections ad 5 ml Preparation:
Glycofurol and glucose are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl); human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating; made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred into ampoules under nitrogen gas.

Boehringer Ingelheim 323 Case 1-1406 if Example G

Injectable solution containing 100 mg of active substance per 20 ml Composition:
active substance 100 mg monopotassium dihydrogen phosphate =KH2PO4 12 mg disodium hydrogen phosphate = Na2HPO4.2H2O 2 mg sodium chloride 180 mg human serum albumin 50 mg Polysorbate 80 20 mg water for injections ad 20 ml Preparation:
Polysorbate 80, sodium chloride, monopotassium dihydrogen phosphate and disodium hydrogen phosphate are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl);
human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating;
made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred into ampoules.

Example H

Lyophilisate containing 10 mg of active substance Composition:
Active substance 10 mg Mannitol 300 mg human serum albumin 20 mg Boehringer Ingelheim 324 Case 1-1406 if Preparation:
Mannitol is dissolved in water for injections (Wfl); human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating; made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred into vials; freeze-dried.

Solvent for Iyophilisate:
Polysorbate 80 = Tween 80 20 mg mannitol 200 mg water for injections ad 10 MI
Preparation:
Polysorbate 80 and mannitol are dissolved in water for injections (Wfl);
transferred into ampoules.

Example I

Tablets containing 20 mg of active substance Composition:
active substance 20 mg lactose 120 mg maize starch 40 mg magnesium stearate 2 mg Povidone K 25 18 mg Preparation:
Active substance, lactose and maize starch are homogeneously mixed;
granulated with an aqueous solution of Povidone; mixed with magnesium stearate; compressed in a tablet press; weight of tablet 200 mg.

Boehringer Ingelheim 325 Case 1-1406 ff Example J

Capsules containing 20 mg active substance Composition:
active substance 20 mg maize starch 80 mg highly dispersed silica 5 mg magnesium stearate 2.5 mg Preparation:
Active substance, maize starch and silica are homogeneously mixed; mixed with magnesium stearate; the mixture is packed into size 3 hard gelatine capsules in a capsule filling machine.

Example K

Suppositories containing 50 mg of active substance Composition:
active substance 50 mg hard fat (Adeps solidus) q.s. ad 1700 mg Preparation:
Hard fat is melted at about 38 C; ground active substance is homogeneously dispersed in the molten hard fat; after cooling to about 35 C it is poured into chilled moulds.

Boehringer Ingelheim 326 Case 1-1406 if Example L

Injectable solution containing 10 mg of active substance per I ml Composition:
active substance 10 mg mannitol 50 mg human serum albumin 10 mg water for injections ad 1 ml Preparation:

Mannitol is dissolved in water for injections (Wfl); human serum albumin is added; active ingredient is dissolved with heating; made up to specified volume with Wfl; transferred into ampoules under nitrogen gas.

Claims (44)

CLAIMS:
1. An alkyne compound of general formula I

wherein R1, R2 independently of one another denote H, a C1-8-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R11, while a -CH2- group in position 3 or 4 of a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloalkyl group may be replaced by -O-, -S- or -NR13 -, or a phenyl or pyridinyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 and/or monosubstituted by nitro, or R1 and R2 form a C2-8-alkylene bridge wherein - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -CH=N- or -CH=CH- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -O-, -S-, -SO-, -(SO2)-, -C=N-R18-, -C=N-O-R18-, -CO-, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly connected to one another, while in the above-defined alkylene bridge one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and while the above-defined alkylene bridge may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond between the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is formed - via a single or double bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, - via two common, adjacent C and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of C4-7-cycloalkyl, phenyl und thienyl; or - via three or more C and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, X denotes a single bond or a C1-6-alkylene bridge wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C.ident.C- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by -O-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two O, S or N atoms or an O and an S atom are not directly connected to one another, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X forming a heterocyclic group, while the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2, including the N-atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and two C atoms or one C and one N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1-4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted with one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and W, z independently of one another'denote a single bond or a C1-4-alkylene bridge, while in the group W and/or Z a -CH2- group not adjacent to the -C.ident.C group may be replaced by -O or -NR5-, and two adjacent C atoms or one C atom and an adjacent N atom may be joined together by an additional C1-4-alkylene bridge, and in the alkylene bridge and/or in the additional alkylene bridge a C
atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1-6-alkyl groups, while two alkyl groups may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring, and Y is selected from the group consisting of while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted by R21;

A is selected from the group consisting of while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl group may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro;
B denotes one of the meanings given for Cy or C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkenyl, C1-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkenyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkynyl, wherein one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by halogen and/ or may be monosubstituted by hydroxy or cyano and/ or cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, Cy denotes a carbo- or heterocyclic group selected from one of the following meanings a saturated 3- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, an unsaturated 4- to 7-membered carbocyclic group, a phenyl group, a saturated 4- to 7-membered or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with an N, O or S atom as heteroatom, a saturated or unsaturated 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group with two or more N atoms or with one or two N atoms and an O
or S atom as heteroatoms, an aromatic heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered group with one or more identical or different heteroatoms selected from N, O
and/or S, while the above-mentioned 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups may be attached via two common, adjacent C atoms fused to a phenyl or pyridine ring, and in the above-mentioned 5-, 6- or 7-membered groups one or two non-adjacent -CH2- groups may be replaced independently of one another by a -CO-, -C(=CH2)-, -(SO)- or -(SO2)- group, and the above-mentioned saturated 6- or 7-membered groups may also be present as bridged ring systems with an imino, (C1-4-alkyl)-imino, methylene, (C1-4-alkyl)-methylene or di-(C1-4-alkyl)-methylene bridge, and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms with R20, in the case of a phenyl group they may also additionally be monosubstituted with nitro, and/or one or more NH groups may be substituted with R21, R4, R5 independently of one another have one of the meanings given for R17, R10 denotes hydroxy, .omega.-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl, carboxy, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, amino, C1-4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C1-3-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C1-3-alkyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C1-3-alkyl, amino-C2-3-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-3-alkoxy, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkoxy, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-3-alkoxy, aminocarbonyl, C1-4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, R11 denotes C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO or Cy, R12 has one of the meanings given for R20, R13 has one of the meanings given for R17, with the exception of carboxy, R14 denotes halogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO, R15-O-C1-3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-C1-3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-NH, R15-SO2-NH, R15-O-CO-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-SO2-NH-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-O-C1-3-alkyl, R16R17N-C1-3-alkyl, R18R19N-CO-C1-3-alkyl or Cy-C1-3-alkyl, R15 denotes H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridinyl or pyridinyl-C1-3-alkyl, R16 denotes H, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, .omega.-hydroxy-C2-3-alkyl, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C2-3-alkyl, amino-C2-6-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-6-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-6-alkyl or cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-6-alkyl, R17 has one of the meanings given for R16 or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridinyl, dioxolan-2-yl, -CHO, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, carboxy, hydroxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylcarbonylamino-C2-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkylcarbonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonylamino-C2-3-alkyl or N-(C1-4-alkylsulphonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl R18, R19 independently of one another denote H or C1-6-alkyl, R20 denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl- C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R22-C1-3-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R22, R21 denotes C1-4-alkyl, .omega.-hydroxy-C2-6-alkyl, .omega.-C1-4-alkoxy-C2-6-alkyl, .omega.-C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-6-alkyl, .omega.-di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-6-alkyl, .omega.-cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-6-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-carbonyl, C1-4-alkoxy-carbonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, phenylcarbonyl or phenyl-C1-3-alkyl-carbonyl, R22 denotes pyridinyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkoxy, OHC, HO-N=HC, C1-4-alkoxy-N=HC, C1-4-alkoxy, C1-4-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-4-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyl-amino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-4-alkyl-aminocarbonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphinyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonylamino, amino, C1-4-alkylamino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, C1-4-alkyl-carbonyl-amino, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino, hydroxy-C2-3-alkylaminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, methylenedioxy, aminocarbonylamino or alkylaminocarbonylamino, while in the above-mentioned groups and residues A, B, W, X, Y, Z, R1 to R5 and R10 to R22, in each case one or more C atoms may additionally be mono-or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may additionally be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and/or in each case one or more phenyl rings independently of one another additionally have one, two or three substituents selected from among F, Cl, Br, I, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, amino, C1-3-alkylamino, di-(C1-3-alkyl)-amino, acetylamino, aminocarbonyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkylamino-C1-3-alkyl-and di-(C1-3-alkyl)-amino-C1-3-alkyl- and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro, or a tautomer thereof, a diastereomer thereof, a enantiomer thereof, a mixture of enantiomers thereof or a salt thereof;

with the proviso that the following compounds are excluded:

tert-butyl 4-(5-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethynyl}pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-carboxylate; and 1-(methylsulfonyl)-4-(5-{[5-(trifluoromethyl) pyridin-2-yl]ethynyl}pyridinyl-2-yl)piperazine.
2. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1, wherein:

R1, R2 independently of one another denote H, a C1-8-alkyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by the group R11 or a phenyl group optionally mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 and/or monosubstituted by nitro, or R1 and R2 form a C2-8-alkylene bridge, wherein - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -CH=N- or -CH=CH- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -O-, -S-, -CO-, -C(=CH2)- or -NR13- in such a way that heteroatoms are not directly joined together, while in the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore one or more H
atoms may be replaced by R14, and the alkylene bridge defined hereinbefore may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in such a way that the bond betwen the alkylene bridge and the group Cy is made - via a single or double bond, - via a common C atom forming a spirocyclic ring system, - via two common adjacent C- and/or N atoms forming a fused bicyclic ring system, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of C4-7-cycloalkyl, phenyl und thienyl; or - via three or more C- and/or N atoms forming a bridged ring system, X denotes a single bond or a C1-6-alkylene bridge, wherein - a -CH2- group may be replaced by -CH=CH- or -C.ident.C- and/or - one or two -CH2- groups independently of one another may be replaced by -O-, -S-, -(SO)-, -(SO2)-, -CO- or -NR4- in such a way that in each case two O, S or N atoms or an O
and an S atom are not directly joined together, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and while two C atoms or a C and an N atom of the alkylene bridge may be joined together by an additional C1-4-alkylene bridge, and a C atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1-6-alkyl groups, and W, Z independently of one another denote a single bond or a C1-4-alkylene bridge, while in the group W and/or Z a -CH2- group not adjacent to the -C=C- group may be replaced by -0- or -NR5-, and two adjacent C atoms or a C atom and an adjacent N atom may be joined together by an additional C1-4-alkylene bridge, and in the alkylene bridge and/or in the additional alkylene bridge a C
atom may be substituted by R10 and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be substituted by one or two identical or different C1-6-alkyl groups, and B has one of the meanings given for Cy or denotes C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkenyl, C1-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkenyl or C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkynyl, wherein one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine and cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20, R10 denotes hydroxy, .omega.-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl, amino, C1-4-alkyl-amino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino, amino-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C1-3-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C1-3-alkyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C1-3-alkyl, amino-C2-3-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-3-alkoxy, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkoxy or cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-3-alkoxy, R13 has one of the meanings given for R17, R14 denotes halogen, C1-6-alkyl, R15-O, R15-O-CO, R15-CO, R15-CO-O, R16R17N, R18R19N-CO, R15-O-C1-3-alkyl, R15-O-CO-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-C1-3-alkyl, R15-CO-O-C1-3-alkyl, R16R17N-C1-3-alkyl, R18R19N-CO-C1-3-alkyl or Cy-C1-3-alkyl, R15 denotes H, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl or phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, R17 has one of the meanings given for R16 or denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, hydroxycarbonyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylcarbonylamino-C2-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkylcarbonyl)-N-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonyl, C1-4-alkylsulphonylamino-C2-3-alkyl or N-(C1-4-alkylsulphonyl)-N(-C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-3-alkyl R20 denotes halogen, hydroxy, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R22-C1-3-alkyl or has one of the meanings given for R22, R22 denotes phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkoxy, C1-4-alkoxy, C1-4-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-4-alkylcarbonyl, C1-4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C1-4-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-aminocarbonyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-carbonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphinyl, C1-4-alkyl-sulphonylamino, amino, C1-4-alkylamino, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino, phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-phenyl-C1-3-alkylamino, acetylamino, propionylamino, phenylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonylamino, phenylcarbonylmethylamino, hydroxyalkylaminocarbonyl, (4-morpholinyl)carbonyl, (1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl, (1-piperidinyl)carbonyl, (hexahydro-1-azepinyl)carbonyl, (4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)carbonyl, methylenedioxy, aminocarbonylamino or alkylaminocarbonylamino, while R4, R11, R12 R16, R18, R19 and Cy are defined as in claim 1
3. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: R1 and R2 independently of one another represent H, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, .omega.-hydroxy-C2-3-alkyl, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C2-3-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy-carbonyl-C1-4-alkyl, carboxyl-C1-4-alkyl, amino-C2-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkyl-amino-C2-4-alkyl, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-C2-4-alkyl, cyclo-C3-6-alkyleneimino-C2-4-alkyl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-pyrrolidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, piperidinyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-piperidinyl, piperidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, N-(C1-4-alkyl)-piperidinyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, pyridyl or pyridyl-C1-3-alkyl, while in the above-mentioned groups and residues one or more C
atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or one or two C
atoms may be monosubstituted independently of one another by C1 or Br, and the phenyl or pyridyl group may be mono- or polysubstituted by the group R12 defined in claim 1 and/or may be monosubstituted by nitro.
4. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer; enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1 or 2, wherein: R1 and R2 form an alkylene bridge as defined in claim 1 in such a way that R1R2N- denotes a group selected from azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, azepan, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridine, 2,3,4,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-azepine, piperazine, wherein the free imine function may be substituted by R13, piperidin-4-one-oxime, piperidin-4-one-O-C1-4-alkyl-oxime, morpholine and thiomorpholine, while as defined in claim 1 one or more H atoms may be replaced by R14, and/or the alkylene bridge may be substituted by one or two identical or different carbo- or heterocyclic groups Cy in a manner specified in claim 1, while R13 R14 and Cy are defined as in claim 1 or 2.
5. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the group:

is defined according to any one of the following partial formulae wherein one or more H atoms of the heterocycle formed by the group R1R2N- may be replaced by R14 and the ring attached to the heterocycle formed by the group R1R2N- may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C atoms, in the case of a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro and X', X" independently of one another denote a single bond or C1-3-alkylene and in the event that the group Y is linked to X' or X" via a C atom, also denote -C1-3-alkylene-O-, -C1-3-alkylene-NH- or -C1-3-alkylene-N(C1-3-alkyl)-, and X" additionally also denotes -O-C1-3-alkylene-, -NH-C1-3-alkylene- or -N(C1-3-alkyl)-C1-3-alkylene- and in the event that the group Y is linked to X" via a C atom, also denotes -NH-, -N(C1-3-alkyl)- or -O-, while in the meanings given for X', X" hereinbefore, in each case a C atom may be substituted by a hydroxy, .omega.-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl and/or C1-4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and in X', X" independently of one another in each case one or more C
atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and wherein R2, R13, R14, R20, R21 and X have the meanings given in claim 1 or 2
6. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein X denotes a single bond or C1-4-alkylene and in the event that the group Y is linked to X via a C atom, it also denotes -CH2-CH=CH-, -CH2-C.ident.C-, C2-4-alkylenoxy, C2-4-alkylene-NR4, C2-4-alkylene-NR4-C2-4-alkylene-O, 1,2- or 1,3-pyrrolidinylene or 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-piperidinylene, while the pyrrolidinylene and piperidinylene groups are bound to Y via the imino group, while the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and the bridge X
may additionally also be attached to R2, including the N atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and in X a C atom may be substituted by R10, and/or one or two C atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and in the above-mentioned groups and residues one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and R1, R4 and R10 are defined as in claim 1 or 2
7. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 6, wherein X denotes -CH2-, -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2- and in the event that the group Y is bonded to X via a C atom, it also denotes -CH2-C.ident.C-, -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-CH2-NR4- or 1,3-pyrrolidinylene, while the pyrrolidinylene group is linked to Y via the imino group, and the bridge X may be attached to R1 including the N atom attached to R1 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and the bridge X may additionally also be attached to R2, including the N atom attached to R2 and X, forming a heterocyclic group, and in X a C atom may be substituted by a hydroxy, .omega.-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl and/or C1-4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C

atoms in each case may be substituted by one or two identical or different substituents selected from C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C4-7-cycloalkenyl and C4-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, while two alkyl and/or alkenyl substituents may be joined together, forming a carbocyclic ring system, and in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms independently of one another may be monosubstituted by Cl or Br and wherein R1, and R4 have one of the meanings given in claim 1 or 2
8. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein W and/or Z
independently of one another may denote a single bond, -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2- or cyclopropylene and W may additionally also represent -CH2-O-, -CH2-CH2-O-, -CH2-NR4-or -CH2-CH2-NR4- and Z may additionally also represent -O-CH2-, -O-CH2-CH2-, -NR4-CH2-or -NR4-CH2-CH2-, wherein a C atom may be substituted by a hydroxy, .omega.-hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, .omega.-(C1-4-alkoxy)-C1-3-alkyl- and/or C1-4-alkoxy group, and/or one or two C atoms independently of one another may each be substituted by one or two identical or different C1-4-alkyl groups, and in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms may be monosubstituted independently of one another by Cl or Br and wherein R4 has one of the meanings given in claim 1.
9 .A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 8, wherein W and/or Z independently of one another denote a single bond or are selected from among the bridges -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)-, -CH2-C(CH3)2-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-, -C(CH3)2-CH2-, cyclopropylene, -CH2-CH(R10)-, -CH(R10)-CH2- and W may additionally also represent -CH2-O- or -CH2-NR4- and Z may additionally also represent -O-CH2- or -NR4-CH2-, wherein R4 has the meanings -H, methyl, ethyl or propyl, and wherein R10 has the meanings -OH, N-pyrrolidinyl, amino-ethoxy, C1-4-alkyl-amino-ethoxy, di-(C1-4-alkyl)-amino-ethoxy, and in each case one or more C atoms may be mono- or polysubstituted by F and/or in each case one or two C atoms may be monosubstituted independently of one another by Cl or Br.
10. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the group A is selected from while the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be mono- or polysubstituted at one or more C atoms by R20, and R20 is defined as in claim 1 or 2.
11. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the group B is selected from the first group comprising phenyl, thienyl and furanyl, which may be mono- or polysubstituted by R20 at one or more C
atoms, and R20 is defined as in claim 1 or 2.
12. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein Y denotes a group selected from A denotes B denotes phenyl, while A, B and/or Y may be mono- or disubstituted, B may also be trisubstituted, by R20 at one or more C atoms, and in the case of a phenyl ring may also additionally be monosubstituted by nitro, and an -NH group may be substituted by R21, and R20 and R21 are defined as in claim 1 or 2.
13. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1 or 2, wherein:

A, B and Y independently of one another are defined as in claim 12 and R1, R2 and X are defined as in claim 3, 4 and/or 6, and W and Z independently of one another are defined according to claim 8.
14. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein:

R20 denotes F, Cl, Br, I, OH, cyano, methyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy or iso-propoxy, while any substituents R20 occurring repeatedly may have identical or different meanings.
15. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:

(1) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[5-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridin-2-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine (2) [(R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-methanol (3) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzofuran-5-ylethynyl]-pyridine (4) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (5) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-methanol (6) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-3-ol (7) N-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide (8) 1-{3-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-prop-2-ynyl}-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-indole (9) 2-[4-(4-azetidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine (10) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-piperidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (11) 5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (12) 2-[(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-amino]-ethanol (13) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-((S)-2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (14) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-propyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (15) 5'-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-[1,2']bipyridinyl (16) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(2-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (17) 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridazine (18) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (19) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (20) methyl 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzoate (21) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (22) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (23) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (24) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ol (25) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{3-methyl-4-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (26) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (27) 4-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-morpholine (28) (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-piperidin-4-yl-amine (29) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenoxy)-prop-1-ynyl]-pyridine (30) 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-quinoline (31) (1-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-pyrrolidin-3-yl)-dimethyl-amine (32) [(S)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-methanol (33) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamine (34) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine (35) 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylamine (36) 2-[3-bromo-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine (37) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-azepan (38) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(6-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-naphthalen-2-ylethynyl)-pyridine (39) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-N-methyl-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzamide (40) (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-propyl-amine (41) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (42) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{3-methyl-4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (43) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-3-fluoro-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (44) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indole (45) {4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenyl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (46) methyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-acetate (47) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (48) tert-butyl [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-carbaminate (49) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-methoxy-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (50) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (51) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indazole (52) 2-[4-(2-azetidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridine (53) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde O-methyl-oxime (54) 1'-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-[1,3']bipyrrolidinyl (55) (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine (56) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-chloro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (57) (S)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (58) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-pyridin-2-yl-amine (59) 5-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (60) N-[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-N-methyl-acetamide (61) 5-(2,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (62) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-ethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (63) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-methanol (64) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (65) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (66) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2-methyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (67) (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-cyclopropylmethyl-amine (68) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (69) 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (70) 5-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (71) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (72) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[4-((R)-2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-phenyl]-but-1-ynyl}-pyridine (73) 6-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-quinoline (74) 1-(4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-4-methyl-piperazine (75) {5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine (76) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[4-(pyridin-2-yloxy)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethoxy}-phenylethynyl)-pyridine (77) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridine-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (78) (R)-1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (79) 1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ol (80) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ol (81) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-phenyl-piperidin-4-ol (82) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-[4,4']bipiperidinyl (83) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-ethynyl-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (84) 5-(3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(4-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-phenyl)-but-1-ynyl]-pyridine (85) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ylamine (86) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzaldehyde-oxime (87) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (88) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-(4-{2-[4-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-piperidin-1-yl]-ethoxy}-3-methyl-phenylethynyl)-pyridine (89) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-2-yl]-methanol (90) (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-methyl-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (91) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-carboxylic acid amide (92) 2-[(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-methyl-amino]-ethanol (93) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (94) {2-[1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-ethyl}-diethyl-amine (95) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,4,6-trimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (96) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-3-methyl-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (97) cis-2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-decahydro-isoquinoline (98) 6-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-2-methyl-2,6-diaza-spiro[3.4]octane (99) 1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperidin-4-ol (100) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]-dimethyl-amine (101) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[3-fluoro-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (102) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-cyclopentyl-methyl-amine (103) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole (104) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (105) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine (106) [1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-piperidin-4-ylmethyl]-dimethyl-amine (107) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-4-methyl-piperazine (108) (4-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-but-3-ynyl}-benzyl)-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-amine (109) 1-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-spiro[piperidin-4,2'(1H')-quinazoline]-4'(3'H)one (110) 4-{[(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-methyl-amino]-methyl}-phenol (111) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-piperidin-1-yl-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine , (112) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[2-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-pyridin-5-yl-ethynyl]-pyridine (113) 3-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-9-methyl-3,9-diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane (114) (2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-ethyl)-diisopropyl-amine (115) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine (116) 2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-1,2, 3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline (117) 3-(4-chloro-phenyl)-6-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridazine (118) (R)-1-(2-{5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-indol-1-yl}-ethyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ol (119) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-3-methyl-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1,3-dihydro-benzimidazol-2-one (120) 5-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-1H-benzimidazole (121) 2-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-1-methyl-5-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-1H-benzimidazole and (122) trans-2-(2-{4-[5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-pyridin-2-ylethynyl]-phenoxy}-ethyl)-decahydro-isoquinoline or a tautomer thereof, a diastereomer thereof, an enantiomer thereof, a mixture of enantiomers thereof or a salt thereof.
16. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1, wherein the compound is:

(64) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylethynyl]-pyridine.
17. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to claim 1, wherein the compound is:

(93) 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-{4-[2-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-phenylethynyl}-pyridine.
18. A compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 17 which is the salt, wherein the salt is a physiologically acceptable salt.
19. A composition comprising a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 and an inert carrier or diluent.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
21. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 for influencing eating behaviour of a mammal.
22. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 for reducing body weight or for preventing an increase in body weight of a mammal.
23. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of pharmaceutical composition with an MCH receptor-antagonistic activity.
24. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a symptom or disease caused by MCH.
25. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a metabolic disorder or an eating disorder.
26. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for prevention or treatment of an illnesses or disorder which accompanies obesity, diabetes, type II diabetes, or a complication of diabetes, arthritis or gonitis.
27. A use according to claim 26, wherein the complication of diabetes is diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance, encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular disease, arteriosclerosis or high blood pressure.
28. A use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for prevention or treatment of hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fat accumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, an emotional disorder, an affective disorder, depression, anxiety, a sleep disorder, a reproductive disorder, a sexual disorder, a memory disorder, epilepsy, a form of dementia or an hormonal disorder.
29. Use of a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in preparation of a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a urinary problem.
30. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 for influencing eating behavior of a mammal.
31. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 for reducing body weight or for preventing an increase in body weight of a mammal.
32. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 with an MCH receptor-antagonistic activity.
33. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a symptom or disease caused by MCH.
34. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a metabolic disorder or an eating disorder.
35. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 which is suitable for prevention or treatment of an illnesses or disorder which accompanies obesity, diabetes, type II diabetes, or a complication of diabetes, arthritis or gonitis.
36. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 35, wherein the complication of diabetes is diabetic retinopathy, diabetic neuropathy, diabetic nephropathy, insulin resistance, pathological glucose tolerance, encephalorrhagia, cardiac insufficiency, cardiovascular disease, arteriosclerosis or high blood pressure.
37. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 which is suitable for prevention or treatment of hyperlipidaemia, cellulitis, fat accumulation, malignant mastocytosis, systemic mastocytosis, an emotional disorder, an affective disorder, depression, anxiety, a sleep disorder, a reproductive disorder, a sexual disorder, a memory disorder, epilepsy, a form of dementia or an hormonal disorder.
38. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 20 which is suitable for prevention or treatment of a urinary problem.
39. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:

a first active substance which is a compound, tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt according to any one of claims 1 to 18; and a second active substance selected from the group consisting of active substances for treatment of diabetes, active substances for treatment of diabetic complications, active substances for treatment of obesity, active substances for treatment of high blood pressure, active substances for treatment of hyperlipidaemia, active substances for treatment of arthritis, active substances for treatment of anxiety states and active substances for treatment of depression.
40. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 39, wherein the second active substance for treatment of hyperlipidaemia is for treatment of arteriosclerosis.
41. A process for preparing an alkyne compound of formula A.5 R1R2N-X-Y-C.ident.C-W-A-B (A.5) wherein R1, R2, X, Y, W, A and B are as defined in claim 1, and Y denotes aryl or heteroaryl as defined in claim 1 or 2, wherein a halogen compound of formula A.1 HO-X-Y-Hal (A.1) wherein X and Y are as defined above and wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula A.2 H-C.ident.C-W-A-B (A.2) wherein W, A and B are as defined above in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent, and the resulting compound of formula A.3 HO-X-Y-C.ident.C-W-A-B (A.3) wherein X, Y, W, A and B are as defined above is reacted with methanesulphonic acid chloride (MsCI) to form the methanesulphonate derivative A.4, MsO-X-Y-C.ident.C-W-A-B (A.4) wherein X, Y, W, A and B are as defined above which is further reacted with an amine of formula H-NR'R2 wherein R1 and R2 are as defined above to obtain the end product A.5.
42. A process for preparing an alkyne compound of formula B.5 R1R2N-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-A-B (B.5) wherein R1, R2, X, Y, Z, A and B are as defined in claim 1 and A
denotes aryl or heteroaryl as defined in claim 1 or 2, wherein a halogen compound of formula B.1 Hal-A-B (B.1) wherein A and B are as defined above and wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula A.2 HO-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-H (B.2) wherein X, Y and Z are as defined above in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent, and the resulting compound of formula B.3 HO-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-A-B (B.3) wherein X, Y, Z, A and B are as defined above is reacted with methanesulphonic acid chloride (MsCl) to form the methanesulphonate derivative B.4, MsO-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-A-B (B.4) wherein X, Y, Z, A and B are as defined above which is further reacted with an amine of formula H-NR1R2 wherein R1 and R2 are as defined above to obtain the end product B.5.
43. A process for preparing an alkyne compound of formula C.3 R1R2N-X-Y-C.ident.C-W-A-B (C.3) wherein R1, R2, X, Y, W, A and B are as defined in claim 1 and Y
denotes optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl as defined in claim 1 or 2, wherein a halogen compound of formula C.1 R1R2N-X-Y-Hal (C.1) wherein R1, R2, X and Y are as defined above and wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, is further reacted with an alkyne compound of formula C.2 H-C.ident.C-W-A-B (C.2) wherein W, A and B are as defined above in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the end product C.3.
44. A process for preparing an alkyne compound of formula D.3 R1R2N-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-A-B (D.3) wherein R1, R2, X, Y, Z, A and B are as defined in claim 1 and A
denotes optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl as defined in claim 1 or 2, wherein a halogen compound of formula D.2 Hal-A-B (D.2) wherein A and B are as defined above and wherein Hal denotes chlorine, bromine or iodine, is reacted with an alkyne compound of formula D.1 R1R2N-X-Y-Z-C.ident.C-H (D.1) wherein R1, R2, X, Y and Z are as defined above in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, a suitable base and copper(I)iodide in a suitable solvent to obtain the end product D.3.
CA2504160A 2002-10-31 2003-10-25 Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds Expired - Fee Related CA2504160C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE10250708A DE10250708A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2002-10-31 New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
DE10250708.2 2002-10-31
PCT/EP2003/011887 WO2004039780A1 (en) 2002-10-31 2003-10-25 Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CA2504160A1 CA2504160A1 (en) 2004-05-13
CA2504160C true CA2504160C (en) 2011-12-06

Family

ID=32115004

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CA2504160A Expired - Fee Related CA2504160C (en) 2002-10-31 2003-10-25 Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds

Country Status (25)

Country Link
EP (2) EP2357173A1 (en)
JP (1) JP4883909B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20050084911A (en)
CN (1) CN1732154B (en)
AR (1) AR041734A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2003300507B2 (en)
BR (1) BR0314839A (en)
CA (1) CA2504160C (en)
CO (1) CO5570676A2 (en)
DE (1) DE10250708A1 (en)
DK (1) DK1558578T3 (en)
EA (1) EA013013B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP055764A (en)
ES (1) ES2413387T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20050384A2 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05003629A (en)
NO (1) NO20050749L (en)
PE (1) PE20040608A1 (en)
PL (1) PL376415A1 (en)
RS (1) RS20050331A (en)
TW (1) TWI316059B (en)
UA (1) UA80162C2 (en)
UY (1) UY28050A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004039780A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200501163B (en)

Families Citing this family (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7351719B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2008-04-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Amide compounds having MCH-antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
US7592373B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2009-09-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Amide compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
EP1809614B1 (en) 2004-04-08 2014-05-07 TargeGen, Inc. Benzotriazine inhibitors of kinases
DE102004017933A1 (en) * 2004-04-14 2005-11-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
DE102004017934A1 (en) 2004-04-14 2005-11-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
DE102004017930A1 (en) * 2004-04-14 2005-11-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
DE102004017932A1 (en) * 2004-04-14 2005-11-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
DE102004017935A1 (en) * 2004-04-14 2005-11-03 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New alkyne compounds having MCH antagonist activity and medicaments containing these compounds
US7524862B2 (en) 2004-04-14 2009-04-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
GB0413605D0 (en) 2004-06-17 2004-07-21 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Novel compounds
PL382308A1 (en) 2004-08-25 2007-08-20 Targegen, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and the manners of use
JP4958785B2 (en) 2004-09-20 2012-06-20 ゼノン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as stearoyl-CoA desaturase inhibitors
AR051090A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-12-20 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS INHIBITORS OF ESTEAROIL-COA DESATURASA
US7829712B2 (en) 2004-09-20 2010-11-09 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridazine derivatives for inhibiting human stearoyl-CoA-desaturase
CA2580844A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-03-30 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as mediators of stearoyl-coa desaturase
EP1799664A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2007-06-27 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as stearoyl-coa desaturase inhibitors
JP4958786B2 (en) 2004-09-20 2012-06-20 ゼノン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
AR051026A1 (en) 2004-09-20 2006-12-13 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS INHIBITORS OF ESTEAROIL-COA DESATURASA
US20080090863A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2008-04-17 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyridine Derivatives and Their Use as Medicaments for Treating Diseases Related to Mch Receptor
US8541457B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2013-09-24 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Aminothiazole derivatives as human stearoyl-CoA desaturase inhibitors
US8133900B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2012-03-13 Targegen, Inc. Use of bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
BR122021011787B1 (en) 2005-11-01 2022-01-25 Impact Biomedicines, Inc Biaryl metapyrimidine kinase inhibitors, pharmaceutical composition and process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition
US8604042B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2013-12-10 Targegen, Inc. Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
JP2007297306A (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-11-15 Kaneka Corp Method for producing optically active 3-(1-pyrrolidinyl)pyrrolidine
MX2009001043A (en) 2006-08-08 2009-02-06 Sanofi Aventis Arylaminoaryl-alkyl-substituted imidazolidine-2,4-diones, processes for preparing them, medicaments comprising these compounds, and their use.
AU2007287601B2 (en) 2006-08-25 2012-12-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh New pyridone derivatives with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
TW200831485A (en) 2006-12-11 2008-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Int New pyridazine derivatives with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
WO2009037542A2 (en) 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals, S.A. Spirocyclic compounds as stearoyl coa desaturase inhibitors
US8957063B2 (en) 2008-02-21 2015-02-17 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Amine and ether compounds which modulate the CB2 receptor
AR072707A1 (en) 2008-07-09 2010-09-15 Sanofi Aventis HETEROCICLIC COMPOUNDS, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, DRUGS THAT UNDERSTAND THESE COMPOUNDS AND THE USE OF THEM
WO2010068601A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-06-17 Sanofi-Aventis A crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, processes for making, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
ES2443016T3 (en) 2009-08-26 2014-02-17 Sanofi New crystalline hydrates of heteroaromatic fluoroglycosides, pharmaceutical products comprising these compounds, and their use
BR112012028445A2 (en) 2010-05-06 2016-07-19 Bristol Myers Squibb Co bicyclic heteroaryl compounds as gpr119 modulators
WO2012060847A1 (en) 2010-11-07 2012-05-10 Targegen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating myelofibrosis
WO2012120052A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof
EP2683702B1 (en) 2011-03-08 2014-12-24 Sanofi New substituted phenyl oxathiazine derivatives, method for their manufacture, medicines containing these compounds and their application
EP2683705B1 (en) 2011-03-08 2015-04-22 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120051A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Benzyl-oxathiazine derivates substituted with adamantane or noradamantane, medicaments containing said compounds and use thereof
EP2683700B1 (en) 2011-03-08 2015-02-18 Sanofi Tetra-substituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for their preparation, their usage as medicament and medicament containing same and its use
US8846666B2 (en) 2011-03-08 2014-09-30 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives which are substituted with benzyl or heteromethylene groups, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof
US8828995B2 (en) 2011-03-08 2014-09-09 Sanofi Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120055A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120057A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Novel substituted phenyl-oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, drugs containing said compounds and the use thereof
CN104955826B (en) 2013-02-04 2019-05-31 默克专利股份公司 It can be used for treating spiral shell-Quinzolone derivatives of neurological disorder and illness
US9556148B2 (en) 2013-08-07 2017-01-31 Cadila Healthcare Limited N-cyanomethylamides as inhibitors of janus kinase
AU2016273751B2 (en) 2015-06-03 2020-04-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Ethynyl derivatives

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IT1161229B (en) * 1983-04-22 1987-03-18 Montedison Spa BENZOIL-UREE WITH INSECTICIDE ACTIVITY
US5622954A (en) * 1994-05-11 1997-04-22 Fmc Corporation 5[W(substituted aryl)alkenylene and alkynylene]-2,4-diaminopyrimidines as pesticides
EP0915086A4 (en) * 1996-05-24 2001-01-17 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Phenylsulfonamide derivatives
JPH10195063A (en) * 1996-10-21 1998-07-28 Dai Ichi Seiyaku Co Ltd Ethynylthiazole derivative
US5856510A (en) * 1996-12-16 1999-01-05 Allelix Biopharmaceuticals Inc. 5-alkenyl and 5-alkynyl indole compounds
TW544448B (en) * 1997-07-11 2003-08-01 Novartis Ag Pyridine derivatives
AU5647099A (en) * 1998-09-11 2000-04-03 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Remedal or preventive agent for congestive heart failure
JP2002003370A (en) * 1999-09-20 2002-01-09 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Melanin coagulating hormone antagonistic agent
AU7315700A (en) 1999-09-20 2001-04-24 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Melanin concentrating hormone antagonist
US6417187B2 (en) * 2000-04-14 2002-07-09 Dow Agrosciences Llc 1,2,4-triazole based compounds that can be used as insecticides or acaricides and processes
PT1285651E (en) 2000-04-28 2010-10-21 Takeda Pharmaceutical Melanin concentrating hormone antagonists
CA2414198A1 (en) * 2000-07-06 2002-01-17 Neurogen Corporation Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands
JP2002167382A (en) * 2000-07-13 2002-06-11 Sankyo Co Ltd Amino alcohol derivative
GB0119474D0 (en) * 2001-08-09 2001-10-03 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
JO2311B1 (en) * 2001-08-29 2005-09-12 ميرك فروست كندا ليمتد Alkyne-aryl phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1558578B1 (en) 2013-03-13
CN1732154A (en) 2006-02-08
AU2003300507B2 (en) 2010-12-23
UY28050A1 (en) 2004-05-31
AR041734A1 (en) 2005-05-26
DE10250708A1 (en) 2004-05-19
CA2504160A1 (en) 2004-05-13
RS20050331A (en) 2007-11-15
NO20050749L (en) 2005-05-23
UA80162C2 (en) 2007-08-27
JP4883909B2 (en) 2012-02-22
ZA200501163B (en) 2006-11-29
WO2004039780A8 (en) 2004-07-15
ES2413387T3 (en) 2013-07-16
MXPA05003629A (en) 2005-09-30
AU2003300507A1 (en) 2004-05-25
EA013013B1 (en) 2010-02-26
EP1558578A1 (en) 2005-08-03
PL376415A1 (en) 2005-12-27
BR0314839A (en) 2005-08-30
HRP20050384A2 (en) 2006-06-30
JP2006511492A (en) 2006-04-06
TWI316059B (en) 2009-10-21
EP2357173A1 (en) 2011-08-17
EA200500595A1 (en) 2005-12-29
TW200413346A (en) 2004-08-01
PE20040608A1 (en) 2004-10-27
ECSP055764A (en) 2005-07-06
KR20050084911A (en) 2005-08-29
WO2004039780A1 (en) 2004-05-13
CN1732154B (en) 2010-09-08
CO5570676A2 (en) 2005-10-31
DK1558578T3 (en) 2013-06-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2504160C (en) Novel alkyne compounds having an mch antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds
US8618132B2 (en) Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
US8067590B2 (en) Pyridone derivates with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
US20070111981A1 (en) New (hetero)aryl compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
CA2558755A1 (en) Novel alkyne compounds having an mch-antagonistic effect, and medicaments containing said compounds
CA2559688A1 (en) Novel alkyne compounds with an mch-antagonistic action and medicaments comprising said compounds
US20100197908A1 (en) Pyridazine Derivatives with MCH Antagonistic Activity and Medicaments Comprising These Compounds
CA2559237A1 (en) Novel alkyne compounds having an mch-antagonistic effect and medicaments containing said compounds
US20050245529A1 (en) Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
US20050245500A1 (en) Beta-ketoamide compounds with MCH antagonistic activity
CA2559021A1 (en) Novel alkyne compounds with an mch-antagonistic action and medicaments containing said compounds
US20050267120A1 (en) Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
US7524862B2 (en) Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
CA2559698A1 (en) Novel alkyne compounds exhibiting an mch antagonistic effect and drugs containing said compounds
US20050239826A1 (en) Alkyne compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
NZ540379A (en) Novel alkyne compounds having an MCH antagonistic effect and medicaments containing these compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
EEER Examination request
MKLA Lapsed

Effective date: 20161025